BRIGHTPOINT INC
S-3/A, 1997-08-06
ELECTRONIC PARTS & EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: BIOTECHNOLOGY VALUE FUND L P ET AL, SC 13D, 1997-08-06
Next: AMERICAN DIVERSIFIED GROUP INC, S-8 POS, 1997-08-06



<PAGE>   1
 
   
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 6, 1997.
    
                                                      Registration No. 333-29533
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                   AMENDMENT
   
                                     NO. 2
    
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<C>                                <C>                                        <C>
           DELAWARE                         6402 CORPORATE DRIVE                            35-1778566
(State or other jurisdiction of            INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46278              (IRS employer identification number)
incorporation or organization)                 (317) 297-6100
</TABLE>
 
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                            ------------------------
 
                           J. MARK HOWELL, PRESIDENT
                          AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
                              6402 CORPORATE DRIVE
                          INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA 46278
                                 (317) 297-6100
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
           ROBERT J. MITTMAN, ESQ.                       MICHAEL A. CAMPBELL, ESQ.
            TENZER GREENBLATT LLP                          MAYER, BROWN & PLATT
            405 LEXINGTON AVENUE                         190 SOUTH LASALLE STREET
          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10174                        CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60603
        TELEPHONE NO.: (212) 885-5000                  TELEPHONE NO.: (312) 782-0600
        FACSIMILE NO.: (212) 885-5001                  FACSIMILE NO.: (312) 701-7711
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
    If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. [ ]
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. [ ]
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
- ------------------------
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
- ------------------------
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
 
                            ------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
     This registration statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be
used in connection with an offering in the United States and Canada (the "U.S.
Prospectus") and one to be used in a concurrent international offering outside
the United States and Canada (the "International Prospectus"). The complete U.S.
Prospectus follows immediately. Following the U.S. Prospectus are certain pages
of the International Prospectus, which include an alternate front cover page, an
alternate underwriting section and an alternate back cover page. All other pages
of the U.S. Prospectus and the International Prospectus are identical.
<PAGE>   3
 
     INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES
     MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT
     CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
     BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH
     SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR
     QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
   
                  PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED AUGUST 6, 1997
    
PROSPECTUS
 
                                4,000,000 SHARES
 
                                BRIGHTPOINT LOGO
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                            ------------------------
    Of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock of Brightpoint, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company" or "Brightpoint"), being offered hereby, 1,800,000
shares are being offered by the Company and 2,200,000 shares are being offered
by certain stockholders of the Company (the "Selling Stockholders"). The Company
will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by
the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
    Of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 3,200,000 are being
offered initially in the United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters (the
"U.S. Offering") and 800,000 shares are being offered initially in a concurrent
international offering outside the United States and Canada by the International
Managers (the "International Offering," and together with the U.S. Offering, the
"Offerings"). The public offering price and the underwriting discount per share
are identical for each of the Offerings. See "Underwriting."
 
    The Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"CELL." On July 14, 1997, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market was $30 1/4 per share. See "Price Range of Common
Stock."
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
                            ------------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                    <C>                    <C>                    <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        PROCEEDS TO
                                      PRICE               UNDERWRITING           PROCEEDS TO              SELLING
                                    TO PUBLIC             DISCOUNT(1)             COMPANY(2)            STOCKHOLDERS
<S>                           <C>                    <C>                    <C>                    <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share....................           $                      $                      $                      $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3).....................           $                      $                      $                      $
=========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
    several Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain
    liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See
    "Underwriting."
 
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offerings payable by the Company estimated
    to be $1,250,000. The Selling Stockholders will not be paying any of the
    expenses of the Offerings.
 
(3) The Company has granted an option to the U.S. Underwriters, exercisable
    within 30 days of the date hereof, to purchase up to 480,000 additional
    shares of Common Stock and an option to the International Managers,
    exercisable within 30 days of the date hereof, to purchase up to 120,000
    additional shares of Common Stock, solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
    If such options are exercised in full, the total Price to Public,
    Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $       , $       and
    $       , respectively. See "Underwriting."
                            ------------------------
 
    The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject
to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters and to
certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel
or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected
that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York
on or about       , 1997.
                            ------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                COWEN & COMPANY
                                 UBS SECURITIES
                                             SANDS BROTHERS & CO., LTD.
                            ------------------------
 
                  The date of this Prospectus is       , 1997.
<PAGE>   4
          

<TABLE>
<S><C>
[Ericsson LOGO]                           [Nokia LOGO]              [Picture of Brightpoint, Inc.'s
                                                                     Indianapolis, Indiana Operations
                                                                     Center]

[Picture of value-added logistics 
 services line at Brightpoint, 
 Inc.'s Indianapolis, Indiana 
 Operations Center]                        [NEC LOGO]               [Panasonic LOGO]

[Uniden LOGO]                         [Picture of value-added       [Audiovox Cellular
                                       logistics services line       Communications
            [Philips LOGO]             at Brightpoint, Inc.'s        LOGO] 
[Mitsubishi Logo]                      Indianapolis, Indiana
            [Siemens LOGO]             Operations Center]           [OKI Phones LOGO]

[Picture of repair and                [Brightpoint, Inc. LOGO]      [Picture of
 refurbishment line                    A leading provider of         Brightpoint,
 in Indianapolis,                      distribution and value        Inc.'s Indianapolis,
 Indiana]                              -added logistics services     Indiana Operations
                                       to the global wireless        Center.]
                                       communications industry.

</TABLE>


 
 
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERINGS MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING, THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK TO COVER
SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION
OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
                            ------------------------
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK ON
THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 103 OF REGULATION M. SEE
"UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>   5
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and the Consolidated
Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus or incorporated by reference herein. Unless the context suggests
otherwise, references in this Prospectus to the "Company" or "Brightpoint" mean
Brightpoint, Inc., its predecessors, and its subsidiaries. Except as otherwise
indicated, all information in this Prospectus assumes no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment options. All dollar amounts set forth in this
Prospectus are expressed in United States dollars. See "Underwriting."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     Brightpoint is a leading provider of distribution and value-added logistics
services to the wireless communications industry. The Company facilitates the
effective and efficient distribution of wireless handsets and related
accessories from leading manufacturers, under brand names such as Nokia,
Ericsson, Philips, Siemens and Motorola, to network operators, agents,
resellers, dealers and retailers in the wireless communications market. The
Company's distribution services include purchasing, marketing, selling,
warehousing, picking, packing, shipping and "just-in-time" delivery of wireless
handsets and accessories. Its value-added logistics services include, among
others, inventory management, product fulfillment, kitting and customized
packaging, light assembly and end-user support services. The Company is one of
the largest dedicated distributors of wireless handsets and accessories in the
world, with operations centers and/or sales offices in Australia, China, Hong
Kong, the Philippines, South Africa, Sweden, the United Arab Emirates, the
United Kingdom and the United States, and provides its services to a customer
base of more than 10,000 network operators, manufacturers, agents, resellers,
dealers and retailers in over 75 countries and on six continents. The Company's
four regional divisions, Asia-Pacific; North America; Europe, Middle East and
Africa; and Latin America, accounted for 44%, 31%, 20% and 5%, respectively, of
the Company's net sales for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
 
     The Company's net sales and pro forma net income have each grown at a
compounded annual growth rate of over 50% from 1992 to 1996. For the six months
ended June 30, 1997, the Company's net sales and net income were $419.2 million
and $10.3 million, respectively, representing increases of 80% and 111%,
respectively, when compared to net sales and pro forma net income for the same
period in 1996. The Company's growth in net sales has been driven primarily by
increases in worldwide demand for wireless handsets and accessories, the
Company's expansion into new geographic markets, and its increased market share
resulting from strengthening relationships with wireless manufacturers and
network operators. The Company's operating margin has also increased, due
primarily to its introduction of higher-margin value-added logistics services.
 
     In recent years, the markets for wireless communications equipment and
services have expanded significantly. On a worldwide basis, the number of
wireless communications subscribers during the past five years increased by 52
million, or 60%, to approximately 140 million by the end of 1996. Nonetheless,
at the end of 1996, wireless penetration was estimated at a mere 16% of the
population within the United States and was still, on average, less than 2% of
the population outside of the United States, providing both the wireless
communications industry and the Company with significant opportunities for
growth. According to a leading independent industry research group, the global
wireless communications subscriber base is expected to grow by more than 250
million subscribers, to approximately 400 million subscribers, by the end of
2000.
 
     In addition to the dramatic increase in subscribers, there are several
major trends affecting the wireless communications industry. The number of
wireless network operators has increased and is expected to continue to increase
as a result of further deregulation within the wireless communications industry,
the allocation of additional spectrum frequencies and the introduction of new
technological applications such as personal communications services ("PCS").
These new wireless networks are increasingly incorporating digital technologies,
which provide greater network capacity, more functionality, improved voice
quality and better security/privacy than analog technologies. In addition,
incumbent analog cellular network operators are gradually transitioning their
networks toward digital systems. With the opportunities presented by a rapidly
                                        3
<PAGE>   6
 
expanding market for wireless communications equipment, the transition from
analog to digital technology, and the further penetration of the mass consumer
market, many additional manufacturers are beginning to produce wireless handsets
and related accessories. The increased complexity of, and competition in, the
wireless communications industry have caused manufacturers, network operators
and resellers to focus available internal resources on their core competencies
and to outsource more of their product management functions, from distribution
to sophisticated wireless logistics services, to specialists such as the Company
in an effort to reduce costs, increase productivity and improve quality.
 
     The Company's primary strategies for building on its position as a global
leader in providing services to the growing wireless communications industry
include: (i) capitalizing on the rapidly growing outsourcing demands of wireless
equipment manufacturers and network operators by offering them a wide variety of
distribution and value-added logistics services; (ii) expanding the Company's
worldwide presence through internal growth at existing locations, mergers and
acquisitions, joint ventures, other strategic alliances, and start-ups in new
locations; (iii) leveraging the Company's experience and expertise with new
wireless communications technologies and applications to assist its customers in
introducing new products to the market in a timely and effective manner; and
(iv) continuously improving and streamlining its systems and processes in terms
of quality, time and cost in order to establish itself as the most effective and
efficient market channel for wireless communications equipment.
 
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 
Common Stock offered by:
 
     The Company(1).................          1,800,000 shares
 
     The Selling Stockholders(2)....          2,200,000 shares
 
Common Stock to be outstanding
  after the Offerings(3)............          24,118,490 shares
 
Use of Proceeds.....................          To repay indebtedness. See "Use of
                                           Proceeds."
 
Nasdaq National Market symbol.......          CELL
- ------------
(1)  Of the 1,800,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offerings by the
     Company, 1,440,000 shares are being offered initially in the United States
     and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters and 360,000 shares are being offered
     initially in a concurrent international offering outside the United States
     and Canada by the International Managers. See "Underwriting."
 
(2)  Of the 2,200,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offerings by the
     Selling Stockholders, 1,760,000 shares are being offered initially in the
     United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters and 440,000 shares are
     being offering initially in a concurrent international offering outside the
     United States and Canada by the International Managers. See "Underwriting."
 
(3)  Does not include (i) an aggregate of 2,797,270 shares of Common Stock
     reserved, as of July 10, 1997, for issuance upon exercise of outstanding
     stock options (of which stock options to purchase 352,885 shares were
     immediately exercisable) and an aggregate of 2,248,277 shares of Common
     Stock reserved, as of July 10, 1997, for issuance upon exercise of stock
     options available for future grant, in each case under the Company's 1994
     Stock Option Plan, 1996 Stock Option Plan and Non-employee Director Stock
     Option Plan (collectively, the "Stock Option Plans"), and (ii) 24,140
     shares of Common Stock reserved, as of July 10, 1997, for issuance upon
     exercise of outstanding and immediately exercisable warrants. See
     "Management -- Stock Option Plans."
 
     The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Indiana in
August 1989 under the name Wholesale Cellular USA, Inc. and reincorporated under
the laws of the State of Delaware in March 1994. In September 1995, the Company
changed its name to Brightpoint, Inc. The Company's principal executive offices
are located at 6402 Corporate Drive, Indianapolis, Indiana 46278, and its
telephone number is (317) 297-6100.
                                        4
<PAGE>   7
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA(1):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               SIX MONTHS
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   ENDED JUNE 30,
                                     ---------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                      1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                     -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
  Net sales........................  $96,403   $151,315   $309,227   $419,149   $589,718   $232,856   $419,196
  Cost of sales....................   89,580    140,617    290,463    390,950    543,878    216,446    385,180
                                     -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Gross profit.....................    6,823     10,698     18,764     28,199     45,840     16,410     34,016
  Selling, general and
    administrative expenses........    4,944      7,418     11,095     14,813     20,849      7,767     17,136
                                     -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Income from operations...........    1,879      3,280      7,669     13,386     24,991      8,643     16,880
  Merger expenses..................       --         --         --         --      2,750      2,750         --
  Net investment gain(2)...........       --         --         --         --         --         --      1,432
  Interest expense, net............       38        103        164      1,383      2,118        623      3,106
                                     -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Income before income taxes and
    minority interest..............    1,841      3,177      7,505     12,003     20,123      5,270     15,206
  Income taxes(3)..................       --         --      1,623      3,838      7,328      1,971      4,540
                                     -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Income before minority
    interest.......................    1,841      3,177      5,882      8,165     12,795      3,299     10,666
  Minority interest in
    subsidiaries' earnings.........       --         --         --         --      1,758         --        383
                                     -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Net income(2)....................  $ 1,841   $  3,177   $  5,882   $  8,165   $ 11,037   $  3,299   $ 10,283
                                     =======   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
  Pro forma net income(2)(3)(4)....  $ 1,114   $  1,928   $  4,555   $  7,307   $ 12,622   $  4,884   $ 10,283
                                     =======   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
  Pro forma net income per
    share(2).......................  $  0.11   $   0.19   $   0.32   $   0.42   $   0.58   $   0.23   $   0.44
                                     =======   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
  Weighted average common shares
    outstanding....................    9,891      9,891     14,276     17,226     21,594     20,809     23,159
</TABLE>
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA(1):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    JUNE 30, 1997
                                                              -------------------------
                                                               ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(5)
                                                              --------   --------------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
  Working capital...........................................  $167,564      $167,564
  Total assets..............................................   286,157       286,157
  Long-term obligations.....................................    97,831        47,353
  Stockholders' equity......................................   110,235       160,713
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) On June 7, 1996, the Company completed a merger (the "Allied Merger") with
    Allied Communications, Inc., Allied Communications of Florida, Inc., Allied
    Communications of Georgia, Inc., Allied Communications of Illinois, Inc. and
    Allied Communications of Puerto Rico, Inc. (collectively, "Allied
    Communications"), which were engaged in substantially the same business as
    the Company. The transaction was accounted for using the
    pooling-of-interests method and, accordingly, the Company's Consolidated
    Financial Statements have been restated to reflect the consolidated balance
    sheets and consolidated results of operations of both the Company and Allied
    Communications as if the Allied Merger had been in effect for all periods
    presented. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) During the first quarter of 1997, the Company realized a gain, net of
    transaction costs, including related bonuses to certain key employees, of
    approximately $8.3 million on the sale of an equity investment. In addition,
    the Company recorded $6.9 million of losses relating to other debt and
    equity investments. Excluding the impact of the resulting net investment
    gain of $1.4 million and related income taxes, net income and net income per
    share for the six months ended June 30, 1997 would have been $9.4 million
    and $0.41, respectively. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 3 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
                                        5
<PAGE>   8
 
(3) Prior to consummation of the Company's initial public offering in April
    1994, the stockholders of the Company had elected for the Company to be
    treated as an S corporation. Accordingly, the income of the Company was
    included in the stockholders' own income for tax purposes, and the Company
    was subject to neither federal nor state income taxes, until the Company's
    election under Subchapter S was terminated on April 14, 1994. Prior to the
    Allied Merger, the stockholders of Allied Communications had also elected
    treatment under Subchapter S. Concurrent with the Allied Merger, on June 7,
    1996, Allied Communications' election under Subchapter S was also
    terminated. Pro forma net income amounts assume that each of the Company and
    Allied Communications was subject to federal and state income taxes, and
    taxed at the rates then in effect, for all periods presented. See
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations" and Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) Excluding the after-tax effect ($2.1 million) of one-time merger expenses
    incurred in connection with the Allied Merger. See Note 2 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(5) As adjusted to give effect to the receipt by the Company of the estimated
    net proceeds from the sale of the 1,800,000 shares of Common Stock offered
    by the Company in the Offerings at an assumed public offering price of
    $30.25 per share and the anticipated application of the estimated net
    proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."
                                        6
<PAGE>   9
 
               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
     CERTAIN STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND IN THE DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE HEREIN CONSTITUTE "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF
THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995. SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS INVOLVE KNOWN AND UNKNOWN RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND OTHER FACTORS
WHICH MAY CAUSE THE ACTUAL RESULTS, PERFORMANCE OR ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
TO BE MATERIALLY DIFFERENT FROM ANY FUTURE RESULTS, PERFORMANCE OR ACHIEVEMENTS
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. SUCH FACTORS INCLUDE,
AMONG OTHERS, THE FOLLOWING: THE ABILITY TO HIRE AND RETAIN KEY PERSONNEL;
SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION AND INTEGRATION OF FUTURE ACQUISITIONS; RELATIONSHIPS WITH
AND DEPENDENCE ON THIRD-PARTY WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS;
UNCERTAINTIES RELATING TO ECONOMIC CONDITIONS IN MARKETS IN WHICH THE COMPANY
OPERATES; UNCERTAINTIES RELATING TO GOVERNMENT AND REGULATORY POLICIES;
UNCERTAINTIES RELATING TO CUSTOMER PLANS AND COMMITMENTS; DEPENDENCE ON THE
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY; PRICING AND AVAILABILITY OF WIRELESS
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT MATERIALS AND INVENTORIES; RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL
DEVELOPMENTS AND OBSOLESCENCE IN THE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY; POTENTIAL
PERFORMANCE ISSUES WITH SUPPLIERS AND CUSTOMERS; GOVERNMENTAL EXPORT AND IMPORT
POLICIES; GLOBAL TRADE POLICIES; WORLDWIDE POLITICAL STABILITY AND ECONOMIC
GROWTH; THE HIGHLY COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH THE COMPANY OPERATES;
POTENTIAL ENTRY OF NEW, WELL-CAPITALIZED COMPETITORS INTO THE COMPANY'S MARKETS;
CHANGES IN THE COMPANY'S CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND COST OF CAPITAL; AND
UNCERTAINTIES INHERENT IN INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND FOREIGN CURRENCY
FLUCTUATIONS. THE WORDS "BELIEVE," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE," "INTEND" AND "PLAN"
AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. READERS ARE
CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH
SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE THE STATEMENT WAS MADE. SEE "RISK FACTORS."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby should
consider carefully the specific factors set forth below as well as the other
information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this Prospectus in
evaluating an investment in the Common Stock.
 
FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30,
1997, 88% and 89%, respectively, of the Company's net sales consisted of
wireless handset sales, a segment of its business which operates on a
high-volume, low-margin basis. In addition, the Company's operating expenses
have increased significantly and can be expected to continue to increase
significantly in connection with the Company's expansion activities, including
the increasing provision of value-added logistics services. Accordingly, the
Company's future profitability will depend upon corresponding increases in
sales. The Company also believes that, as the number of wireless networks
increases as a result of deregulation, increased competition and the emergence
of new technologies, a growing industry emphasis on containing costs could
further reduce the gross margins realized by the Company on sales of wireless
handsets. Future events, including unanticipated expenses, increased price
competition, unfavorable general economic conditions, product returns and
recalls and uncollectible accounts receivable, could have an adverse effect on
the Company's operating results. There can be no assurance that the Company's
rate of sales growth will continue in the future or that the Company's future
operations will continue to be profitable. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
 
     Sales in markets outside of North America have accounted for an increasing
portion of the Company's net sales. For the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, net sales in markets outside of
North America represented approximately 36%, 51% and 69%, respectively, of the
Company's total net sales. The global aspect of the Company's business subjects
it to a number of additional risks, including increased credit risk, customs
duties, import quotas and other trade restrictions, potentially greater
inflationary pressures, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates,
shipping delays, failure or material interruption of wireless systems and
services, and international political, regulatory and economic
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   10
 
developments, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
In addition to its facilities in the United States, the Company maintains
operations centers and/or sales offices in numerous territories and countries,
including Australia, China, Hong Kong, the Philippines, South Africa, Sweden,
the United Arab Emirates and the United Kingdom. The Company is therefore
subject to the risks associated with changes in the social, political,
regulatory and economic conditions inherent in foreign operations, including
changes in the laws and policies that govern foreign investment and
international trade in territories and countries where the Company currently has
operations, as well as, to a lesser extent, changes in United States laws and
regulations relating to foreign investment and trade. Any such social,
political, regulatory or economic changes could expose the Company to, among
other things, the risk of wireless product supply interruption or significant
increases in wireless product prices. Accordingly, there can be no assurance
that any such changes in social, political, regulatory or economic conditions
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
     In addition, a significant portion of the Company's sales outside the
United States are denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, a decrease in
the value of foreign currencies relative to the United States dollar could
result in a significant decrease in United States dollar revenues received by
the Company. Due to the number of currencies involved in the Company's
international sales and the volatility of currency exchange rates, the Company
cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on future operating
results. On occasion, the Company enters into forward exchange, futures or
options contracts as a means of hedging its currency translation exposure;
however, the Company's management has had limited prior experience in engaging
in such transactions. Moreover, there can be no assurance that any hedging will
effectively limit the Company's exposure to a decline in operating results due
to foreign currency translation adjustments. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 1 of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
RISKS RELATING TO OPERATIONS IN HONG KONG
 
     The Company maintains an operations center and sales office in Hong Kong,
and, for the six months ended June 30, 1997, sales through the Company's Hong
Kong operations represented approximately 33% of the Company's net sales. On
July 1, 1997, sovereignty over Hong Kong was transferred from the United Kingdom
to the People's Republic of China ("China") and Hong Kong became a Special
Administrative Region ("SAR") of China. As provided in the Sino-British Joint
Declaration on the Question of Hong Kong and the Basic Law of the Hong Kong SAR
of China (the "Basic Law"), the Hong Kong SAR will have a high degree of
autonomy except in foreign affairs and defense. Under the Basic Law, the Hong
Kong SAR is to have its own legislature, legal and judicial systems and economic
autonomy for 50 years. There can be no assurance that there will not be an
adverse change in existing political, economic or commercial conditions in Hong
Kong or that any such change would not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations or financial condition. Furthermore, the Company
cannot predict the effect that changes in the social, economic, regulatory and
political conditions in China could have on its operations in Hong Kong. For
instance, the Company's operations in Hong Kong could be affected if the
"most-favored nation" status granted to China by the United States government
for trade and tariff purposes was terminated. Such status is currently reviewed
annually by the United States government, and the Company cannot predict whether
China will continue to receive such status in the future. The loss by China of
its "most-favored nation" status or other changes in social, economic,
regulatory or political conditions in China could have a material adverse effect
on the Company.
 
DEPENDENCE ON TREND TOWARD OUTSOURCING
 
     The Company's growth depends in large part on the growing trend among
wireless equipment manufacturers, network operators and resellers to outsource
some or all of their product management functions, such as marketing,
programming, packaging, end-user fulfillment and returns management, to
specialists such as the Company. Although the Company believes that increasing
competition, deregulation and technological developments within the wireless
communications industry will continue to support this trend, there can be no
assurance that wireless equipment manufacturers and network operators will not
elect to maintain such services internally. A significant change in this trend,
or the onset of a trend in the wireless
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   11
 
communications industry not to use, or to reduce the use of, outsourced
value-added logistics services such as those provided by the Company, could have
a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business -- Wireless
Communications Industry," "-- Growth Strategy" and "-- Services."
 
DEPENDENCE ON THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIERS
 
     The Company purchases all of the wireless handsets and accessories it sells
from third-party wireless communications equipment manufacturers, dealers and
network operators. For the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997, the Company's three largest sources of wireless
handsets and accessories, in the aggregate, accounted for approximately 38%, 51%
and 65%, respectively, of the Company's product purchases. For the year ended
December 31, 1995, the Company's three largest suppliers (Nokia, BellSouth
Cellular Corp. and Ericsson) accounted for approximately 20%, 10% and 8%,
respectively, of the Company's product purchases. For the year ended December
31, 1996, the Company's three largest suppliers (Nokia, Ericsson and Lucent
Technologies Inc.) accounted for approximately 33%, 12% and 6%, respectively, of
the Company's product purchases. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, the
Company's three largest suppliers (Nokia, Ericsson and Siemens) accounted for
approximately 37%, 18% and 10%, respectively, of the Company's product
purchases. The Company is dependent on the ability of its suppliers to provide
adequate inventories of currently popular brand name products on a timely basis
and on favorable pricing terms. Other than with some of its primary suppliers,
the Company does not typically maintain agreements with its suppliers. Moreover,
as is typical in the industry, the agreements which the Company does maintain
are generally non-exclusive, require the Company to satisfy minimum purchase
requirements, can be terminated on short notice and provide for certain
territorial restrictions. The Company generally purchases products pursuant to
purchase orders placed from time to time in the ordinary course of business.
Although the Company believes that its relationships with its suppliers are
satisfactory, the loss of certain of the Company's principal suppliers or
substantial price increases imposed by any such supplier, in the absence of
readily available alternative sources of supply, would have a material adverse
effect on the Company. There can be no assurance that suppliers will continue to
offer competitive products to the Company, that the Company will be able to
obtain products on favorable terms or that the Company will not be subject to
the risk of price fluctuations and periodic delays. Failure or delay by
principal suppliers in supplying competitive products to the Company on
favorable terms would materially adversely affect the Company's operating
margins and the Company's ability to obtain and deliver products on a timely and
competitive basis or at all. See "Business -- Purchasing and Supply."
 
INTENSE INDUSTRY COMPETITION
 
     The markets for wireless handsets and accessories are characterized by
intense price competition and significant price erosion over the life of a
product. In addition, the wireless communications equipment distribution
industry has, in the past, been characterized by low barriers to entry. Although
entry barriers are expected to rise as the market requirement shifts from pure
distribution services to a mix of distribution services and value-added
logistics services (due to the increased infrastructure costs, expanded human
resource requirements and advanced management and information systems
capabilities that the value-added logistics services segment of the business
mandates), the Company competes and expects that it will continue to compete
with numerous well-established distributors and manufacturers of wireless
communications equipment, including the Company's suppliers, and wireless
network operators, certain of which possess greater financial and other
resources than the Company. Certain of these competitors may also market the
same or similar products directly to the Company's customers and have the
financial resources to withstand substantial price competition and to implement
extensive advertising and promotional programs, both generally and in response
to efforts by additional competitors to enter into new markets or introduce new
products. As a provider of value-added logistics services, the Company also
competes with other distributors and with logistics services companies. The
Company's ability to continue to compete successfully will be largely dependent
on its ability to maintain its current industry relationships and anticipate and
respond to various competitive factors affecting the industry, including new or
changing outsourcing requirements, new well-capitalized competitors, new
products which may be introduced, changes in consumer preferences, demographic
trends, international, national, regional and local economic conditions and
discount pricing and
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   12
 
promotion strategies by competitors. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to continue to compete successfully, particularly as cellular
markets mature and the Company seeks to enter into new markets and market new
products. See "Business -- Competition."
 
ABILITY TO MANAGE AND SUSTAIN GROWTH; RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FUTURE ACQUISITIONS
 
     The Company has experienced rapid international growth recently through,
among other things, a series of strategic acquisitions and anticipates that
continued growth will be driven in large part by the Company's continuing
ability to successfully acquire additional businesses or establish strategic
alliances with companies which the Company believes are compatible with its
business; secure adequate supplies of competitive products on a timely basis and
on commercially reasonable terms; continually turn its inventories and collect
its accounts receivable; and successfully develop additional, and maintain its
existing, key relationships with leading network operators and manufacturers and
dealers of wireless handsets and accessories. The Company's success in
sustaining growth will also be dependent upon its ability to hire and retain the
additional qualified management, marketing and other personnel that will be
needed to successfully manage continuing growth (including monitoring
operations, controlling costs and maintaining effective management, inventory
and credit controls). The Company's growth prospects could be adversely affected
by a decline in the wireless communications industry generally or in one of its
regional divisions in particular, either of which could result in reduction or
deferral of expenditures by prospective customers. There can be no assurance
that the Company will continue to be able to manage its expanding operations
effectively or that it will be able to maintain or accelerate its growth. In
addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to make
additional acquisitions or that the Company will be able to successfully
integrate into its operations any new businesses which it may acquire. Any
inability to do so, particularly in instances in which the Company has made
significant capital investments, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business."
 
INVENTORY OBSOLESCENCE AND TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
 
     The markets for wireless communications equipment are characterized by
rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, often resulting in
product obsolescence or short product life cycles. Accordingly, the Company's
success is dependent upon its ability to anticipate technological changes in the
industry and to continually identify, obtain and successfully market new
products that satisfy evolving industry and customer requirements. The Company
has made increased commitments of capital to purchase product inventories.
Additional concentrations of capital in inventory increase the risk of loss from
possible inventory obsolescence. There can be no assurance that competitors or
manufacturers of wireless equipment will not market products which have
perceived or actual advantages over the Company's products or which render them
obsolete or less marketable. In addition, the use of emerging wireless
communications technologies, including wireless local loop and satellite-based
communications systems, may reduce demand for existing cellular and PCS
products. The Company also expects that companies which have developed or are
developing new technologies or products in related market segments will
commercialize technologies which compete with existing cellular and PCS
technology. Certain of such technologies, upon widespread commercial
introduction, will materially change the types of products sold by the Company
and its suppliers and result in significant price competition. There can be no
assurance that the Company's existing customers or consumers will be willing,
for financial or other reasons, to purchase new equipment necessary to utilize
these new technologies or that product obsolescence will not result in
significantly increased inventories of unsold products. Moreover, complex
hardware and software contained in new wireless handsets could contain defects
which become apparent subsequent to widespread commercial use, resulting in
product recalls and returns.
 
RISKS RELATING TO STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS AND STRATEGIC FINANCING
 
     As part of its expansion strategy, the Company has entered into, and
intends to continue to enter into, strategic relationships and joint ventures
with wireless equipment manufacturers, network operators and other providers of
wireless communications logistics services. In connection with such strategic
relationships, the Company may enter into distribution and/or value-added
logistics services agreements with, and provide equity or debt financing to, its
strategic partners. The Company's ability to achieve profitability through such
strategic relationships will be dependent in part upon its strategic partners'
economic viability, success and
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   13
 
motivation, and the amount of time and resources they devote to such alliances.
There can be no assurance that the Company will receive any business from future
alliances, that any business received will be significant or at the level
anticipated, or that profits, if any, received as a result of future alliances
will offset any possible losses on investments made or financing extended by the
Company to enter into its strategic relationships. A loan to, or an investment
in, a strategic partner will be subject to many of the same risks to which the
strategic partner is subject in seeking to operate and grow its businesses, and
there can be no assurance that the Company will be repaid or achieve an
acceptable return on its investment within an acceptable period, if at all. In
December 1996, the Company entered into a distribution agreement with Pocket
Communications, Inc. ("Pocket"), a PCS network operator, pursuant to which the
Company was to distribute custom wireless handsets provided by Pocket.
Simultaneous with its execution of such agreement, the Company purchased $5
million in convertible debentures of Pocket. In March 1997, Pocket filed for
protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly,
the Company recorded $5 million of unrealized losses in connection with its
investment in Pocket during the quarter ended March 31, 1997. A decline in the
financial prospects of strategic partners could have a material adverse effect
on the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
SIGNIFICANT OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS; LOAN COVENANTS AND SECURITY INTERESTS
 
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company had approximately $97.5 million in
outstanding borrowings and an aggregate of $15.6 million in letters of credit
outstanding under its senior secured revolving line of credit facility with The
First National Bank of Chicago and Bank One, Indiana, N.A., as co-agents for a
group of banks (collectively, the "Banks"), which facility provides availability
to the Company and its subsidiaries of up to $200 million of credit in the
aggregate. All of the Company's assets located in the United States and 65% of
the capital stock of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are pledged to the Banks
as collateral, and the Company is substantially prohibited from incurring
additional indebtedness, either of which terms could, under certain
circumstances, limit the Company's ability to implement its expansion plans. In
addition to certain net worth and other financial covenants, the Company's loan
agreement with the Banks limits or prohibits the Company, subject to certain
exceptions, from declaring or paying cash dividends, making capital
distributions or other payments to stockholders, merging or consolidating with
another corporation or selling all or substantially all of its assets. In the
event of a violation by the Company of any of its loan covenants or other
default by the Company on its obligations, the Company's indebtedness could
become immediately due and payable and the Banks could foreclose on the
Company's assets. Although the Company intends to use the proceeds of the
Offerings received by it to repay a portion of its outstanding borrowings, the
Company expects to utilize the resulting increased borrowing availability under
its line of credit to fund its operations. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to comply with the terms of its loan agreement with the
Banks. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, COLLECTION AND CREDIT RISKS; SALES CONCENTRATION
 
     The Company's accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts, at
December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 was approximately $113 million and $119
million, respectively. At June 30, 1997, accounts receivable from Success World
Limited, an exporter in Hong Kong, was approximately $12.5 million and, during
the six months ended June 30, 1997, product sales to Success World Limited
accounted for approximately 12% of the Company's net sales. No other customer
accounted for more than 5% of the Company's net sales during the six months
ended June 30, 1997. At June 30, 1997, the Company's allowance for doubtful
accounts was approximately $2 million, which the Company believes is currently
adequate for the size and nature of its receivables. Nevertheless, delays in
collection or uncollectibility of accounts receivable could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's liquidity and working capital position. For the
year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997,
approximately 55% and 52%, respectively, of the Company's net sales were made on
open account terms. In connection with the Company's continued expansion, the
Company intends to offer open account terms to additional customers, which will
subject the Company to increased credit risk, particularly in the event that any
such receivables represent sales to a limited number of customers or are
concentrated in particular geographic markets, and could require the
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   14
 
Company to continually increase its allowance for doubtful accounts. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
POSSIBLE FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS; SEASONALITY
 
     The Company's operating results are influenced by a number of seasonal
factors in the different countries and markets in which it operates. Such
results may vary from period to period as a result of purchasing patterns of
customers in different markets, the timing of introduction of new products by
the Company's suppliers and competitors, variations in sales by distribution
channels, product availability and pricing and other seasonal factors such as
those associated with consumer electronics and retail sales which tend to result
in increased volume in the latter part of the calendar year. While the overall
growth of the Company's business has reduced the impact of such factors on the
Company's operating results, seasonality contributes to the increase in the
Company's sales in the fourth quarter of its fiscal years. Unanticipated events,
including delays in securing adequate inventories of competitive products at the
time of peak sales, or significant decreases in sales during such periods, could
have a material adverse effect on the Company. There can be no assurance that
the foregoing factors will not result in significant fluctuations in operating
results in the future. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Results of Operations."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
     The success of the Company depends in large part on the abilities and
continued services of its executive officers and other key employees. Although
the Company has entered into employment agreements with several of such officers
and employees, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain
their services. The loss of executive officers or other key personnel could have
a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company also has non-compete
agreements with its executive officers and certain of its existing key
personnel; however, courts are at times reluctant to enforce such agreements. In
addition, in order to support its continued growth, the Company will be required
to effectively recruit, develop and retain additional qualified management. The
inability of the Company to attract and retain such necessary personnel could
also have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Management."
 
UNCERTAINTY OF PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY SOFTWARE
 
     The Company's success is substantially dependent upon its proprietary
software applications relating to its information systems. The Company does not
currently hold any patents relating to its software and relies on trade secret
and copyright laws to protect its proprietary software. In addition, the Company
regularly enters into non-disclosure agreements with its key employees and
limits access to and distribution of its trade secrets and other proprietary
information. There can be no assurance that these measures will be adequate to
prevent misappropriation of its technology or that the Company's competitors
will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or
superior to the Company's technology, thereby eliminating one of the Company's
perceived competitive advantages. In addition, the laws of some countries do not
protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of
the United States. Finally, although the Company believes that its proprietary
software has been developed independently and does not infringe upon the
proprietary rights of others, there can be no assurance that the software does
not and will not so infringe or that third parties will not assert infringement
claims against the Company in the future. See "Business -- Information Systems."
 
RELIANCE ON TECHNOLOGY; RISK OF BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
 
     The Company has invested significantly in sophisticated and specialized
information systems technology and has focused on the application of this
technology to provide customized distribution and value-added logistics services
to wireless communications equipment manufacturers and network operators. The
Company anticipates that it will be necessary to continue to develop new
logistics services and enhance its information systems in order to maintain its
competitiveness. In addition, the Company's sales and marketing efforts (a large
part of which are telemarketing based) are highly dependent on its computer and
telephone equipment, and the temporary or permanent loss of such equipment or
systems through casualty or operating malfunction, or a significant increase in
the cost of telephone services that is not recoverable through an
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   15
 
increase in the price of the Company's services, could have a material adverse
effect on the Company. The Company's property and business interruption
insurance may not adequately compensate the Company for all losses that it may
incur in any such event. See "Business -- Services," "-- Sales and Marketing"
and "-- Information Systems."
 
DEPENDENCE ON LABOR FORCE
 
     The Company's distribution and value-added logistics services are labor
intensive and the Company experiences high personnel turnover. A significant
number of the Company's employees are employed on a part-time basis. A higher
turnover rate among the Company's employees would increase the Company's
recruiting and training costs and decrease operating efficiencies and
productivity. Growth in the Company's business, together with seasonal increases
in net sales, require the Company to recruit and train personnel at an
accelerated rate from time to time. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to continue to hire, train and retain a significant labor force of
qualified employees when needed, or at all. In addition, a significant portion
of the Company's costs consist of wages to hourly workers. An increase in hourly
wages, costs of employee benefits, employment taxes or commission rates could
have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business -- Employees."
 
POTENTIAL VOLATILITY OF PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK
 
     The market price of the Common Stock has risen substantially and, from time
to time, experienced significant fluctuations since the Company's initial public
offering in April 1994. The Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National
Market, which market has experienced, and is likely to experience in the future,
significant price and volume fluctuations which could adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock without regard to the operating performance of
the Company. In addition, the trading price of the Common Stock could be subject
to significant fluctuations in response to actual or anticipated variations in
the Company's quarterly operating results and other factors, such as the
introduction of new services or technologies by the Company, its competitors or
its suppliers, changes in other conditions or trends in the wireless
communications industry, changes in governmental regulation, changes in
securities analysts' estimates for the Company's, or its competitors' or
industry's, future performance or general market conditions. General market
price declines or market volatility in the future, or future declines or
volatility in the prices of stocks for companies in the wireless communications
industry or the distribution or value-added logistics services sectors of the
wireless communications industry, could also affect the market price of the
Common Stock.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER, BY-LAW AND STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS PLAN
PROVISIONS
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the
issuance of "blank check" preferred stock with such designations, rights and
preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Accordingly, the Board of Directors is empowered, without stockholder approval,
to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other
rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the
holders of the Company's Common Stock. In addition, the Company's Amended and
Restated By-laws divide the Board of Directors into three classes serving
staggered three-year terms. The Company also has a Stockholders Rights Plan that
may make certain proposed acquisitions of the Company prohibitively expensive.
These charter and by-law provisions and the Stockholders Rights Plan could make
it more difficult for a stockholder to effect certain transactions and make it
more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from
attempting to acquire, control of the Company. As a result, such provisions
could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the
future for shares of the Company's Common Stock. See "Description of Capital
Stock -- Preferred Stock" and "-- Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of
the Company's By-laws, Stockholders Rights Plan and Delaware Corporate Law." See
also "Management -- Employment Agreements."
 
POSSIBLE MEDICAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH WIRELESS HANDSETS
 
     Recent lawsuits have been filed against manufacturers of wireless handsets
alleging possible medical risks, including brain cancer, associated with
electromagnetic fields emitted by wireless hand-held cellular telephones. To
date, there has been only limited research in this area, and such research has
not been
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   16
 
conclusive as to what effects, if any, exposure to electromagnetic fields
emitted by wireless handsets has on human cells. The Company recognizes,
however, that the perception that health risks may exist could adversely affect
the Company's ability to market wireless handsets. Inasmuch as substantially all
of the Company's revenues are derived, either directly or indirectly, from sales
of wireless handsets, future studies finding possible health risks associated
with the use of such products could have a material adverse effect on the
wireless communications industry and the Company. As a distributor of wireless
handsets, the Company may be subject to lawsuits filed by plaintiffs alleging
health risks. A successful claim against the Company could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     As of July 10, 1997, the Company had stock options and warrants outstanding
for the purchase of an aggregate of 2,821,410 shares of Common Stock, of which
options and warrants outstanding for the purchase of an aggregate of 377,025
shares of Common Stock were immediately exercisable, and had registered an
aggregate of 1,209,922 shares of Common Stock underlying outstanding options and
warrants, and options available for future grant under the Company's Stock
Option Plans, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"). In addition, commencing 30 days following the date of this Prospectus, a
stockholder, who is also an employee, of the Company may require the Company to
file a registration statement relating to 375,000 shares of Common Stock owned
by such stockholder and to take such reasonable steps necessary to cause the
registration statement to be declared effective. Such stockholder has agreed
that he will not sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or
otherwise dispose of 187,500 of such shares for a period of 120 days following
the consummation of the Offerings; provided, however, that if, subsequent to
exercise of the demand registration right by the stockholder, the registration
statement relating to the stockholder's 375,000 shares of Common Stock is not
declared effective by five days prior to the public announcement of the
Company's financial results for the three months ended September 30, 1997, he
may, subject to applicable securities laws, sell up to 187,500 shares of Common
Stock commencing the day following the public announcement of the Company's
financial results for the three months ended September 30, 1997. No prediction
can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares or the
registration and/or availability of shares for sale will have on the market
price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Nonetheless, sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock upon the exercise of stock options or
warrants or otherwise, or the perception that such sales might occur, could
adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Common Stock. See "Management
- -- Stock Option Plans" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Registration
Rights."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   17
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the
1,800,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company in the Offerings at an
assumed public offering price of $30.25 per share are estimated to be
approximately $50.5 million ($67.7 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment
options are exercised in full), after deduction of the underwriting discount and
estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company will not receive
any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling
Stockholders.
 
     The Company intends to use the net proceeds received by it to repay a
portion of the amounts outstanding under its $200 million revolving line of
credit facility with the Banks. As of June 30, 1997, approximately $97.5 million
was outstanding under such facility. The line of credit matures in June 2002 and
generally bears interest, at the Company's option, at (i) the greater of The
First National Bank of Chicago's corporate base rate and 0.50% plus the Federal
funds effective rate (the "Base Rate") or (ii) the rate at which deposits in
United States dollars or Eurocurrencies are offered by banks in the London
interbank market (the "Eurodollar Rate") plus a spread ranging from 40 to 112.5
basis points (based on a leverage ratio defined in the credit agreement) plus a
reserve spread, if any. Borrowings by the Company's non-United States
subsidiaries will bear interest at rates negotiated with the applicable lenders.
Following the consummation of the Offerings, the Company intends to utilize the
resulting increased borrowing availability under the line of credit as necessary
in the ordinary course of business, including for increased inventories and
receivables and continued enhancement of the Company's information systems. The
Company may use a portion of such increased borrowing availability to acquire
businesses which the Company believes are compatible with its business. While
the Company regularly evaluates possible acquisition opportunities, as of the
date of this Prospectus, the Company has no material agreements, commitments,
understandings or arrangements with respect to any acquisition. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
     Pending use of the net proceeds as set forth above, the Company intends to
invest the net proceeds received by it principally in United States government
securities, short-term certificates of deposit, money market funds or other
interest bearing investments.
 
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
     The Common Stock has been quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "CELL" since the Company's initial public offering in 1994. The following
table sets forth, on a per share basis, the high and low sales prices of the
Common Stock for the periods indicated, as reported by the Nasdaq National
Market.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              HIGH      LOW
                                                             ------    ------
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1995:
  First Quarter..........................................    $ 7.63    $ 5.76
  Second Quarter.........................................      9.92      7.09
  Third Quarter..........................................      9.73      8.05
  Fourth Quarter.........................................     11.00      6.74
Year Ended December 31, 1996:
  First Quarter..........................................     10.67      7.20
  Second Quarter.........................................     16.27      9.07
  Third Quarter..........................................     13.93     10.00
  Fourth Quarter.........................................     24.20     12.27
Year Ending December 31, 1997:
  First Quarter..........................................     25.00     16.25
  Second Quarter.........................................     34.88     16.00
  Third Quarter (through July 14, 1997)..................     32.63     27.75
</TABLE>
 
     On July 14, 1997, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market was $30.25 per share. At July 14, 1997, there were
approximately 125 stockholders of record.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   18
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock other than S
corporation distributions made to its stockholders prior to the Company's
initial public offering in April 1994 and S corporation distributions made to
the stockholders of Allied Communications prior to the Allied Merger. The Board
of Directors intends to continue a policy of retaining earnings to finance the
Company's anticipated growth and development of its business and does not expect
to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the
declaration or payment of cash dividends is prohibited under the terms of the
agreements relating to the Company's line of credit facility with the Banks.
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the
Company at June 30, 1997 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the
1,800,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company in the Offerings at an
assumed public offering price of $30.25 per share and the application of the
estimated net proceeds therefrom. This table should be read in conjunction with
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                ----------------------------
                                                                 ACTUAL          AS ADJUSTED
                                                                --------         -----------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE
                                                                           DATA)
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>
Short-term debt.............................................    $     --          $     --
                                                                ========          ========
Notes payable...............................................    $ 97,501          $ 47,023
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares
     authorized; no shares issued or outstanding............          --                --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares
     authorized; 22,318,490 shares issued and outstanding;
     24,118,490 shares issued and outstanding, as
     adjusted(1)............................................         223               241
  Additional paid-in capital................................      81,840           132,300
  Retained earnings.........................................      27,817            27,817
  Foreign currency translation adjustment...................         355               355
                                                                --------          --------
     Total stockholders' equity.............................     110,235           160,713
                                                                --------          --------
     Total capitalization...................................    $207,736          $207,736
                                                                ========          ========
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Does not include (i) an aggregate of 2,797,270 shares of Common Stock
    reserved, as of July 10, 1997, for issuance upon exercise of outstanding
    stock options (of which stock options to purchase 352,885 shares were
    immediately exercisable) and an aggregate of 2,248,277 shares of Common
    Stock reserved, as of July 10, 1997, for issuance upon exercise of stock
    options available for future grant, in each case under the Company's Stock
    Option Plans; and (ii) 24,140 shares of Common Stock reserved, as of July
    10, 1997, for issuance upon exercise of outstanding and immediately
    exercisable warrants. See "Management -- Stock Option Plans."
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   19
 
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial data for
each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 1996 and for the
six-month periods ended June 30, 1996 and 1997. The consolidated statement of
income data and balance sheet data for and as of the end of each of the years in
the five-year period ended December 31, 1996 are derived from the audited
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. The consolidated statement of
income data and balance sheet data for and as of the end of each of the
six-month periods ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 have been derived from the
unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and, in the opinion
of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals)
which are necessary to present fairly the results of operations and financial
position of the Company for the periods and at the dates indicated. The selected
consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. The
following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes
thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA(1):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      JUNE 30,
                                       ---------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                        1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                       -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                    <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net sales............................  $96,403   $151,315   $309,227   $419,149   $589,718   $232,856   $419,196
Cost of sales........................   89,580    140,617    290,463    390,950    543,878    216,446    385,180
                                       -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Gross profit.........................    6,823     10,698     18,764     28,199     45,840     16,410     34,016
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...........................    4,944      7,418     11,095     14,813     20,849      7,767     17,136
                                       -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income from operations...............    1,879      3,280      7,669     13,386     24,991      8,643     16,880
Merger expenses......................       --         --         --         --      2,750      2,750         --
Net investment gain(2)...............       --         --         --         --         --         --      1,432
Interest expense, net................       38        103        164      1,383      2,118        623      3,106
                                       -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income before income taxes and
  minority interest..................    1,841      3,177      7,505     12,003     20,123      5,270     15,206
Income taxes(3)......................       --         --      1,623      3,838      7,328      1,971      4,540
                                       -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income before minority interest......    1,841      3,177      5,882      8,165     12,795      3,299     10,666
Minority interest in subsidiaries'
  earnings...........................       --         --         --         --      1,758         --        383
                                       -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income(2)........................  $ 1,841   $  3,177   $  5,882   $  8,165   $ 11,037   $  3,299   $ 10,283
                                       =======   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Pro forma net income(2)(3)(4)........  $ 1,114   $  1,928   $  4,555   $  7,307   $ 12,622   $  4,884   $ 10,283
                                       =======   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Pro forma net income per share(2)....  $  0.11   $   0.19   $   0.32   $   0.42   $   0.58   $   0.23   $   0.44
                                       =======   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Weighted average common shares
  outstanding........................    9,891      9,891     14,276     17,226     21,594     20,809     23,159
</TABLE>
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA(1):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                   -------------------------------------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                    1992      1993      1994       1995       1996       1997
                                                   -------   -------   -------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Working capital.................................   $ 3,072   $ 7,039   $20,960   $ 62,219   $143,481   $167,564
Total assets....................................    18,365    31,283    82,845    119,787    299,045    286,157
Long-term obligations...........................     1,060     5,577     1,346        602     79,894     97,831
Stockholders' equity............................     2,336     3,485    20,283     64,857     94,982    110,235
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) On June 7, 1996, the Company completed the Allied Merger. The transaction
    was accounted for using the pooling-of-interests method and, accordingly,
    the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements have been restated to
    reflect the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated results of
    operations of
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   20
 
    both the Company and Allied Communications as if the Allied Merger had been
    in effect for all periods presented. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements.
 
(2) During the first quarter of 1997, the Company realized a gain, net of
    transaction costs, including related bonuses to certain key employees, of
    approximately $8.3 million on the sale of an equity investment. In addition,
    the Company recorded $6.9 million of losses relating to other debt and
    equity investments. Excluding the impact of the resulting net investment
    gain of $1.4 million and related income taxes, net income and net income per
    share for the six months ended June 30, 1997 would have been $9.4 million
    and $0.41, respectively. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 3 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(3) Prior to consummation of the Company's initial public offering in April
    1994, the stockholders of the Company had elected for the Company to be
    treated as an S corporation. Accordingly, the income of the Company was
    included in the stockholders' own income for tax purposes, and the Company
    was subject to neither federal nor state income taxes, until the Company's
    election under Subchapter S was terminated on April 14, 1994. Prior to the
    Allied Merger, the stockholders of Allied Communications had also elected
    treatment under Subchapter S. Concurrent with the Allied Merger, on June 7,
    1996, Allied Communications's election under Subchapter S was also
    terminated. Pro forma net income amounts assume that each of the Company and
    Allied Communications was subject to federal and state income taxes, and
    taxed at the rates then in effect, for all periods presented. See
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations" and Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) Excluding the after-tax effect ($2.1 million) of one-time merger expenses
    incurred in connection with the Allied Merger. See Note 2 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   21
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
     This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, and the notes thereto,
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
     Effective June 7, 1996, the Company completed a merger with the Allied
Communications companies (Allied Communications, Inc., Allied Communications of
Florida, Inc., Allied Communications of Georgia, Inc., Allied Communications of
Illinois, Inc. and Allied Communications of Puerto Rico, Inc.), which were
engaged in substantially the same business as the Company. In connection with
the Allied Merger, the Company exchanged 3,796,875 newly issued shares of Common
Stock of the Company for all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Allied
Communications. The Allied Merger was accounted for using the
pooling-of-interests method and, consistent with such accounting treatment,
financial information presented herein for all periods reflects the combined
financial condition and results of operations of the Company and Allied
Communications.
 
     Effective August 1, 1996, the Company completed the formation of
Brightpoint International Ltd. ("BIL"), a joint venture with Technology
Resources International Limited ("TRI"), owned 50% by the Company and 50% by
TRI. Pursuant to the terms of the purchase and shareholders' agreement, TRI
contributed to BIL substantially all of its assets relating to its wireless
communications business, including its interest in TRI (Europe) Limited and its
80% interest in the predecessor to Brightpoint China Limited. The Company agreed
to provide certain funding, sales opportunities and management to BIL. In
connection with the formation of BIL, the assets of TRI (Europe) Limited were
contributed to Brightpoint (UK) Limited, a majority-owned (80%) subsidiary of
BIL. In November 1996, the Company acquired TRI's 50% ownership interest in BIL
in consideration of 750,000 unregistered shares of Common Stock and $5.0 million
in cash.
 
     In October 1996, BIL acquired the business and certain assets of Hatadicorp
Pty Ltd. ("Hatadi") based in Sydney, Australia in consideration of $2.8 million
in cash and a note payable, plus a 20% ownership interest in Brightpoint
Australia Pty Ltd. (an indirect subsidiary of BIL). In March and April of 1997,
the Company acquired the remaining 20% ownership interests in Brightpoint China
Ltd., Brightpoint (UK) Ltd. and Brightpoint Australia Pty Ltd. for an aggregate
consideration of 232,245 unregistered shares of Common Stock and $1.5 million in
cash. In June 1997, the Company, through Brightpoint Sweden AB, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of BIL, acquired the business and net assets of Telnic AB located in
Gothenburg, Sweden in consideration of approximately $2.5 million with an
additional $300,000 payable upon execution of a key contract and up to an
additional $3.6 million depending upon the future financial performance of
Brightpoint Sweden AB.
 
     The Company completed 5-for-4, 3-for-2 and 5-for-4 stock splits in
September 1995, December 1996 and March 1997, respectively, each in the form of
a stock dividend.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the percentage of
net sales represented by certain items reflected in the Company's statements of
income.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              JUNE 30,
                                                     -----------------------------       -----------------
                                                     1994        1995        1996        1996        1997
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales......................................      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
Cost of sales..................................       93.9        93.3        92.2        93.0        91.9
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Gross profit...................................        6.1         6.7         7.8         7.0         8.1
Selling, general and administrative expenses...        3.6         3.5         3.6         3.3         4.1
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Income from operations.........................        2.5         3.2         4.2         3.7         4.0
Merger expenses................................         --          --         0.5         1.2          --
Net investment gain............................         --          --          --          --         0.3
Interest expense, net..........................        0.1         0.3         0.3         0.2         0.7
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Income before income taxes and minority
  interest.....................................        2.4         2.9         3.4         2.3         3.6
Income taxes...................................        0.5         1.0         1.2         0.9         1.1
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Income before minority interest................        1.9         1.9         2.2         1.4         2.5
Minority interest in subsidiaries' earnings....         --          --         0.3          --         0.1
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Net income.....................................        1.9%        1.9%        1.9%        1.4%        2.4%
                                                     =====       =====       =====       =====       =====
Pro forma net income...........................        1.5%        1.7%        2.1%        2.1%        2.4%
                                                     =====       =====       =====       =====       =====
</TABLE>
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   22
 
     The Company's net sales are comprised of sales of wireless handsets, sales
of related accessories and fees generated from value-added logistics services.
The Company's value-added logistics services include, among others, inventory
management, procurement, product fulfillment, programming, light assembly,
telemarketing, private labeling, kitting and customized packaging, off-balance
sheet financing, product warranty, repair and refurbishment and end-user support
services. Although fees for these value-added logistics services represent a
relatively small percentage of net sales, their impact on the Company's gross
profit is much greater. Compensation for the Company's distribution services,
which services include purchasing, marketing, selling, warehousing, picking,
packing, shipping and "just-in-time" delivery, is built into the equipment
prices paid or offered by the Company and thus is reflected in sales of wireless
handsets and accessories.
 
     COMPARISON OF SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
1996
 
     NET SALES. Net sales increased by 80% to $419.2 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 from $232.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996,
reflecting continued strong worldwide demand for wireless handsets and related
accessories. The increase in net sales is primarily attributable to a 53%
increase in handset volume and a 25% increase in the average selling price per
wireless handset. This increase in average selling price was the result of
significant sales growth in markets where sales are concentrated in higher
priced digital handsets.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                  -------------------
                                                                  1996           1997
                                                                  ----           ----
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>
Net sales by division:
  Asia-Pacific..............................................       13%            44%
  North America.............................................       67             31
  Europe, Middle East and Africa............................        2             20
  Latin America.............................................       18              5
</TABLE>
 
     Sales in the Asia-Pacific and Europe, Middle East and Africa divisions
remained strong as the Company continued to penetrate these markets. In its
North America division, units handled by the Company (phones sold by the Company
or phones, consigned to the Company by its customers, on which the Company has
performed its value-added logistics services) in the six months ended June 30,
1997 increased 31% from the comparable period in 1996 due primarily to an
increase in its value-added logistics services. In the many cases in which the
Company performs value-added logistics services on products consigned to it by
its customers, only service fees are recorded as sales. As a result, sales in
North America were lower in the six months ended June 30, 1997 than the six
months ended June 30, 1996. Sales in the Latin America division also decreased
due to a planned reduction in sales to other distributors, as the Company
continues to implement its strategy of selling directly to network operators.
 
     Sales of wireless handsets, sales of related accessories and fees generated
from value-added logistics services were 89%, 7% and 4%, respectively, of net
sales for the six months ended June 30, 1997. Sales of wireless handsets and
related accessories were 84% and 16%, respectively, of net sales for the six
months ended June 30, 1996.
 
     GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased by 107% to $34.0 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 from $16.4 million for the six months ended June 30,
1996, due to increased sales and increased gross margin (8.1% for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 as compared to 7.0% for the same period in 1996). The
increase in gross margin is primarily due to an increase in the amount of higher
margin value-added logistics services provided by the Company, as well as
increased sales in certain markets, and to certain customers, from which the
Company generated higher margins. In addition, the Company continued its
disciplined effort to reduce sales to other distributors in the North and Latin
America markets as such sales have traditionally been lower margin sales for the
Company.
 
     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased by 121% to $17.1 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 from $7.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996. As
a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses
increased to 4.1% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to 3.3% for
the same period in the prior year. This increase is
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   23
 
attributable to the Company's expanded level of operations and reflects
increases in depreciation expense relating to investments in information
systems, rent expense for expanded facilities, and compensation expense and
travel costs associated with increased international sales and marketing
efforts.
 
     INCOME FROM OPERATIONS. Income from operations increased by 95% to $16.9
million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 from $8.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996. This increase is primarily attributable to increased
gross profit offset partially by an increase in selling, general and
administrative expenses.
 
     NET INCOME AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME. Net income increased by 111% to $10.3
million in the six months ended June 30, 1997 from pro forma net income of $4.9
million in the six months ended June 30, 1996. This increase is the result of
increased income from operations, a $1.4 million net investment gain (as
described below) and a decrease in the effective income tax rate from 39% in the
six months ended June 30, 1996 to 29.9% in the first six months of 1997,
partially offset by an increase in interest expense relating to bank debt
obtained for working capital purposes and by income attributable to minority
interests. The decrease in the effective income tax rate is due primarily to
increased earnings in tax jurisdictions with lower statutory rates. Pro forma
amounts for 1996 reflect a provision for income taxes for Allied Communications,
which, at the time, was not subject to income taxes.
 
     Net income per share increased by 91% to $0.44 for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 from pro forma net income per share of $0.23 for the six months
ended June 30, 1996. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, weighted average
common shares outstanding were approximately 23.2 million as compared to
approximately 20.8 million shares for the six months ended June 30, 1996. This
increase is due primarily to shares issued in connection with the Company's
acquisition of BIL and of the minority interests in Brightpoint China Limited,
Brightpoint (UK) Limited and Brightpoint Australia Pty Ltd. and the impact of
the exercise of stock options and warrants.
 
     During the first quarter of 1997, the Company realized a gain on the sale
of its equity investment in CellStar Corporation. The gain, net of transaction
costs, including related bonuses to certain key employees, was approximately
$8.3 million. In addition, on March 31, 1997, Pocket filed for protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the Company recorded $6.9
million of losses on its investments in Pocket and two smaller equity
investments. Excluding the impact of the resulting net investment gain of $1.4
million and related income taxes, net income per share for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 would have been $0.41.
 
     COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
     NET SALES. Net sales increased by 41% to $589.7 million in 1996 from $419.1
million in the prior year, as worldwide demand for wireless handsets and related
accessories continued to accelerate. The increased demand for wireless products
was fueled by increasing penetration of wireless handsets in many world markets
and by increased demand for replacement or upgraded equipment. The Company
completed its merger with Allied Communications in June 1996 and formed its
joint venture relating to BIL in August 1996. This commitment to the Europe,
Middle East and Africa, Asia-Pacific and Latin America markets, resulted in
significant sales growth in markets outside of North America. Wireless handset
volume increased by 52% in 1996 from the prior year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------
                                                              1995    1996
                                                              -----   -----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>
Net sales by division:
  North America.............................................    64%     49%
  Asia-Pacific..............................................     2      21
  Latin America.............................................    23      17
  Europe, Middle East and Africa............................    11      13
</TABLE>
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   24
 
     Historically, period-to-period average selling prices for wireless handsets
have declined significantly; however, in 1996, the average selling price of
wireless handsets sold by the Company increased by approximately 3% due
primarily to an increase in sales of higher-priced digital wireless handsets.
 
     Sales of wireless handsets, sales of related accessories and fees generated
from value-added logistics services were 88%, 11% and 1%, respectively, of net
sales for 1996. Sales of wireless handsets and related accessories were 86% and
14%, respectively, of net sales for 1995.
 
     GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased by 63% to $45.8 million in 1996 from
$28.2 million in 1995, due to the increase in wireless handset sales and the
increase in the gross margin (7.8% for 1996 as compared to 6.7% for 1995). The
increase in gross margin is due to the execution of the Company's strategy to
provide higher-margin value-added logistics services, as well as increased sales
of units on which the Company earned higher margins. In addition, the Company
made a concerted effort to reduce sales to other distributors in the North and
Latin America markets. Although this disciplined change in the North and Latin
America sales mix accounted for slower growth in those markets, the result was
an enhancement in the Company's gross margin.
 
     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased by 41% to $20.8 million in 1996 from $14.8
million in 1995, due primarily to the increased business activities of the
Company and acquisitions which opened new markets to the Company. The Company
increased its staff in several areas during the year, including management,
operations, sales and marketing, and information systems. These staff
enhancements were necessary to support the expanded level of business generated
by the Company. This increase is also due to increases in depreciation expense
related to investments in information systems and leasehold improvements, rent
expense due to expanded facilities and various marketing costs including travel,
promotions and commissions. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a
percentage of net sales, remained constant at 3.5%.
 
     INCOME FROM OPERATIONS. Income from operations increased by 87% to $25.0
million in 1996 from $13.4 million in 1995. This increase is due primarily to
increases in unit sales and the Company's ability to enhance its gross profit
and hold selling, general and administrative expenses relatively constant as a
percent of net sales.
 
     PRO FORMA NET INCOME. Pro forma net income increased by 73% to $12.6
million in 1996 from $7.3 million in 1995. This increase is a result of
increased income from operations partially offset by interest expense relating
primarily to bank debt obtained for working capital purposes and by the income
attributable to minority interests.
 
     Generally accepted accounting principles require that certain charges
related to pooling-of-interests transactions be expensed in the period in which
the transaction is consummated. Such charges related to the Allied Merger, in
the amount of $2.1 million net of applicable taxes, were recognized as expense
in the quarter ended June 30, 1996. Pro forma amounts exclude the effect of this
one-time charge.
 
     Prior to the Allied Merger, Allied Communications had elected to be treated
as a Subchapter S corporation and was, therefore, not subject to federal and
state income taxes. Pro forma amounts provide for income taxes on the income not
previously taxed at the corporate level.
 
     Pro forma net income per share increased by 38% to $0.58 in 1996 from $0.42
in 1995. For 1996, weighted average common shares outstanding were approximately
21.6 million shares as compared to approximately 17.2 million shares for 1995.
This increase is due primarily to shares issued by the Company in connection
with its acquisition of TRI's 50% ownership interest in BIL in the fourth
quarter of 1996 and the impact of the exercise of stock options and warrants.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   25
 
     COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
     NET SALES. Net sales increased by 36% to $419.1 million in 1995 from $309.2
million in 1994 as a result of increased demand in markets outside North
America. In addition, the Company increased domestic unit volume, offsetting a
decrease in per unit prices.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------
                                                              1994    1995
                                                              ----    ----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>
Net sales by division:
  North America.............................................   81%     64%
  Latin America.............................................   13      23
  Europe, Middle East and Africa............................    6      11
  Asia-Pacific..............................................   --       2
</TABLE>
 
     GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased by 50% to $28.2 million in 1995 from
$18.8 million in 1994, due primarily to an increase in wireless handset sales
(6.7% for 1995 as compared to 6.1% for 1994). In addition, an increase in the
volume of higher margin accessory sales helped to enhance the gross margin.
 
     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased by 34% to $14.8 million in 1995 from $11.1
million in 1994, due primarily to the increased level of business activity
generated by the Company. Expanded operations were supported by increases in
compensation expense, rent expense, travel costs and an increase in the
allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
     INCOME FROM OPERATIONS. Income from operations increased by 75% to $13.4
million in 1995 from $7.7 million in 1994. This increase is due primarily to
increases in unit sales and the Company's ability to enhance its gross profit
and hold selling, general and administrative expenses relatively constant as a
percent of net sales.
 
     PRO FORMA NET INCOME. Pro forma net income increased by 60% to $7.3 million
in 1995 from $4.6 million in 1994. This increase is a result of an increase in
income from operations partially offset by an increase in interest expense and
income taxes.
 
     Pro forma net income per share increased by 31% to $0.42 in 1995 from $0.32
in 1994. For 1995, weighted average common shares outstanding were approximately
17.2 million shares as compared to approximately 14.3 million shares for 1994.
This increase is due primarily to the Company's October 1995 public offering and
the impact of the exercise of stock options and warrants outstanding.
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly financial
information for each of the eight quarters in the two-year period ended June 30,
1997. In the opinion of the Company's management, this information has been
prepared on the same basis as the Consolidated Financial Statements appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus and includes all adjustments (consisting only of
normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the financial results set
forth herein. Results of operations for any previous quarter are not necessarily
indicative of results for any future period.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   26
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                QUARTER ENDED
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,
                                  1995            1995         1996        1996         1996            1996
                              -------------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>
Net sales...................    $100,915        $129,132     $112,960    $119,896     $145,290        $211,572
Cost of sales...............      94,093         119,996      105,032     111,414      133,036         194,396
                                --------        --------     --------    --------     --------        --------
Gross profit................       6,822           9,136        7,928       8,482       12,254          17,176
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses...       3,712           5,147        3,677       4,090        5,105           7,977
                                --------        --------     --------    --------     --------        --------
Income from operations......       3,110           3,989        4,251       4,392        7,149           9,199
Merger expenses.............          --              --           --       2,750           --              --
Net investment gain.........          --              --           --          --           --              --
Interest expense, net.......         508              97          184         439          549             946
                                --------        --------     --------    --------     --------        --------
Income before income taxes
  and minority interest.....       2,602           3,892        4,067       1,203        6,600           8,253
Income taxes................         894           1,369        1,165         806        2,349           3,008
                                --------        --------     --------    --------     --------        --------
Income before minority
  interest..................       1,708           2,523        2,902         397        4,251           5,245
Minority interest in
  subsidiaries' earnings....          --              --           --          --        1,042             716
                                --------        --------     --------    --------     --------        --------
Net income..................    $  1,708        $  2,523     $  2,902    $    397     $  3,209        $  4,529
                                ========        ========     ========    ========     ========        ========
Pro forma net income........    $  1,583        $  2,369     $  2,477    $  2,407     $  3,209        $  4,529
                                ========        ========     ========    ========     ========        ========
As a percentage of net
  sales:
  Net sales.................       100.0%          100.0%       100.0%      100.0%       100.0%          100.0%
  Gross profit..............         6.8             7.1          7.0         7.1          8.4             8.1
  Selling, general and
    administrative
    expenses................         3.7             4.0          3.2         3.4          3.5             3.8
  Income from operations....         3.1             3.1          3.8         3.7          4.9             4.3
  Pro forma net income......         1.6             1.8          2.2         2.0          2.2             2.1
 
<CAPTION>
                                 QUARTER ENDED
                              --------------------
                              MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,
                                1997        1997
                              ---------   --------
 
<S>                           <C>         <C>
Net sales...................  $199,169    $220,027
Cost of sales...............   183,167     202,013
                              --------    --------
Gross profit................    16,002      18,014
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses...     8,096       9,040
                              --------    --------
Income from operations......     7,906       8,974
Merger expenses.............        --          --
Net investment gain.........     1,432          --
Interest expense, net.......     1,123       1,983
                              --------    --------
Income before income taxes
  and minority interest.....     8,215       6,991
Income taxes................     2,443       2,097
                              --------    --------
Income before minority
  interest..................     5,772       4,894
Minority interest in
  subsidiaries' earnings....       356          27
                              --------    --------
Net income..................  $  5,416    $  4,867
                              ========    ========
Pro forma net income........  $  5,416    $  4,867
                              ========    ========
As a percentage of net
  sales:
  Net sales.................     100.0%      100.0%
  Gross profit..............       8.0         8.2
  Selling, general and
    administrative
    expenses................       4.0         4.1
  Income from operations....       4.0         4.1
  Pro forma net income......       2.7         2.2
</TABLE>
 
     The Company's sales are influenced by a number of seasonal factors
associated with consumer electronics and retail sales which tend to result in
increased volume in the latter part of the calendar year. The overall growth of
the Company's business has reduced the impact of such factors on the Company's
operating results. However, seasonality contributes to the increase in the
Company's sales in the fourth quarter of its fiscal years.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company's primary cash requirements have been to fund increased levels
of accounts receivable and inventories and to fund capital expenditures. The
Company has historically satisfied its working capital requirements principally
through cash flow from operations, vendor financing, bank borrowings and the
issuance of equity securities.
 
     In April 1994, the Company consummated an initial public offering of its
Common Stock, pursuant to which the Company received net proceeds of
approximately $12.1 million. The offering provided additional working capital to
fund the Company's growth and to facilitate additional opportunities.
 
     In October 1995, the Company consummated a public offering of Common Stock
pursuant to which the Company received net proceeds of approximately $33.5
million. The net proceeds were utilized to repay amounts outstanding on the
Company's line of credit, fund capital expenditures associated with its
information systems and new corporate headquarters, and provide working capital
for acquisitions and general corporate purposes.
 
     At June 30, 1997, the Company had working capital of approximately $167.6
million compared to working capital of approximately $143.5 million at December
31, 1996. The increase in working capital is primarily attributable to a
decrease in accounts payable. This increase was funded by an increase in bank
borrowings and the sale of the Company's investment in CellStar Corporation. The
Company also generated working capital through the exercise of stock options.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   27
 
     Net cash used by operating activities was approximately $23.0 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997, as compared to approximately $20.8 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The increase in cash used by operating
activities for the six months ended June 30, 1997 was primarily attributable to
a decrease in accounts payable and an increase in accounts receivable, partially
offset by a decrease in inventories. Net cash provided by investing activities
was approximately $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, as
compared to net cash used by investing activities of approximately $4.6 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The cash provided by investing
activities for the six months ended June 30, 1997 was primarily attributable to
the sale of the Company's investment in CellStar Corporation, partially offset
by capital expenditures relating to the purchase of information systems
equipment and software, the expansion of the Company's operations center in
Indianapolis, Indiana, the opening of its west coast operations center in
Sparks, Nevada, the purchase of minority interests in Brightpoint China Limited,
Brightpoint (UK) Limited and Brightpoint Australia Pty Ltd. and the continued
expansion of its international operations. The cash used by investing activities
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 was primarily attributable to capital
expenditures relating to the purchase of information systems equipment and
software. Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $23.5
million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, as compared to approximately
$30.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The net cash provided by
financing activities is primarily due to advances against the Company's line of
credit and proceeds from the exercise of stock options. At June 30, 1997, the
Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $16.9 million.
 
     On June 24, 1997, the Company entered into a $200 million five-year senior
secured revolving line of credit facility with The First National Bank of
Chicago and Bank One, Indiana, N.A., as co-agents for a group of banks
(collectively, the "Banks"). The new facility replaced the Company's two prior
credit facilities of up to $125 million in the aggregate. The new line of credit
matures in June 2002 and generally bears interest, at the Company's option, at
(i) the greater of The First National Bank of Chicago's corporate base rate and
0.50% plus the Federal funds effective rate (the "Base Rate") or (ii) the rate
at which deposits in United States dollars or Eurocurrencies are offered by The
First National Bank of Chicago to first-class banks in the London interbank
market plus a spread ranging from 40 to 112.5 basis points (based on a leverage
ratio defined in the credit agreement) plus a spread reserve, if any, and
provides it with the ability to borrow in multiple currencies and thus to use
the facility for its global working capital needs. Borrowings by the Company's
non-United States subsidiaries will bear interest at rates negotiated with the
applicable lenders. Under its line of credit, at June 30, 1997, there was $97.5
million outstanding, an aggregate of $15.6 million in letters of credit
outstanding and $86.9 million of credit remaining available.
 
     All of the Company's assets located in the United States and 65% of the
capital stock of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are pledged to the Banks as
collateral, and the Company is substantially prohibited from incurring
additional indebtedness, either of which terms could, under certain
circumstances, limit the Company's ability to implement its expansion plans. In
addition to certain net worth and other financial covenants, the Company's loan
agreement with the Banks limits or prohibits the Company, subject to certain
exceptions, from declaring or paying cash dividends, making capital
distributions or other payments to stockholders, merging or consolidating with
another corporation or selling all or substantially all of its assets.
 
     The Company has increasingly emphasized the sale of products on open
account terms and has purchased increased levels of inventories to support an
expanding customer base, which has resulted in increased accounts receivable
days outstanding and a decrease in inventory turns. The Company believes that
the ability to offer these credit terms provides it with a competitive
advantage.
 
     The Company seeks to maintain an average of approximately 30 days of
inventory on hand in addition to making opportunistic spot buys. These spot buys
occur frequently at year end and can cause inventories at the end of the year to
be higher on a relative basis than at other times during the year.
 
     At June 30, 1997, the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.2
million, which the Company believes is currently adequate for the size and
nature of its receivables. Bad debt expense accounted for less than 1.0% of the
Company's net sales for 1995, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997.
Nevertheless, delays in collection or the uncollectibility of accounts
receivable could have an adverse effect on the Company's liquidity and working
capital position. In connection with the Company's expanded operations, the
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   28
 
Company has offered open account terms to additional customers, which subjects
the Company to increased credit risk, particularly in foreign markets. The
Company seeks to minimize losses on credit sales by closely monitoring its
customers' credit worthiness and by seeking to obtain letters of credit or
similar security in connection with certain open account sales to customers
located in foreign markets.
 
     The Company believes that the net proceeds to be received by it from the
Offerings, together with projected cash flow from operations and existing
capital resources, including cash and borrowings available under its line of
credit, will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's anticipated working capital
requirements and expansion plans for at least 12 months following the
consummation of the Offerings. The Company had no material commitments for
capital expenditures as of June 30, 1997.
 
INFLATION AND FOREIGN CURRENCY
 
     Inflation has historically not had a material effect on the Company's
operations. The Company frequently transacts business in currencies other than
its functional currency and, therefore, experiences some risk to exchange rate
fluctuations. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant exchange
rate gains or losses. Increasing trade activity in foreign markets could subject
the Company to greater inflationary pressures and more significant exchange rate
gains or losses from these arrangements.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   29
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     Brightpoint is a leading provider of distribution and value-added logistics
services to the wireless communications industry. The Company facilitates the
effective and efficient distribution of wireless handsets and related
accessories from leading manufacturers, under brand names such as Nokia,
Ericsson, Philips, Siemens and Motorola, to network operators, agents,
resellers, dealers and retailers in the wireless communications market. The
Company's distribution services include purchasing, marketing, selling,
warehousing, picking, packing, shipping and "just-in-time" delivery of wireless
handsets and accessories. Its value-added logistics services include, among
others, inventory management, product fulfillment, kitting and customized
packaging, light assembly and end-user support services. The Company is one of
the largest dedicated distributors of wireless handsets and accessories in the
world, with operations centers and/or sales offices in Australia, China, Hong
Kong, the Philippines, South Africa, Sweden, the United Arab Emirates, the
United Kingdom and the United States, and provides its services to a customer
base of more than 10,000 network operators, manufacturers, agents, resellers,
dealers and retailers, in over 75 countries and on six continents. The Company's
four regional divisions, Asia-Pacific; North America; Europe, Middle East and
Africa; and Latin America, accounted for 44%, 31%, 20% and 5%, respectively, of
the Company's net sales for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
 
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY
 
     The wireless communications industry provides voice and data communications
primarily through cellular telephone, personal communications services ("PCS"),
personal communications networks ("PCN"), satellite, enhanced specialized mobile
radio ("ESMR") and paging services. Among other factors, economic development,
advances in systems technology and equipment, the proliferation of manufacturers
and the increased number of network operators have increased consumer acceptance
and driven dramatic increases in worldwide demand for wireless communications
equipment and services.
 
     In recent years, the markets for wireless communications equipment and
services have expanded significantly. On a worldwide basis, the number of
wireless subscribers during the past five years increased by 52 million, or 60%,
to approximately 140 million by the end of 1996. Nonetheless, at the end of
1996, wireless penetration was estimated at a mere 16% of the population within
the United States and was still, on average, less than 2% of the population
outside of the United States (with Sweden, Hong Kong and Japan having the
highest penetration rates at about 28%, 22% and 18%, respectively, while
countries such as China and India had penetration rates of only .57% and .03%,
respectively), reflecting significant worldwide opportunities for growth within
the wireless communications industry. According to a leading independent
industry research group, the number of worldwide subscribers is expected to grow
by more than 250 million subscribers, to approximately 400 million subscribers,
by the end of 2000. The Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage
of the following major trends taking place within the industry.
 
     NEW NETWORK OPERATORS. The number of network operators in each market has
increased and is expected to continue to increase as a result of increasing
deregulation within the wireless communications industry and the introduction of
new technological applications such as PCS and satellite-based communications
systems. For example, in the United States, prior to 1995, the United States
Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") allowed only two network operators
to provide cellular service in any one service area. In connection with the
auctioning of PCS licenses in 1995 and 1996, the FCC permitted the addition of
up to six PCS network operators in every service area. In addition, the FCC has
awarded three mobile satellite licenses to entities that are investing in
satellites, which will enable them to provide wireless phone, data, fax and
paging on a global basis. The emergence of these, and other, new wireless
communications technologies and services is expected to increase both the number
of wireless network operators in each market and the services provided,
including seamless roaming, increased service coverage, improved signal quality
and greater data transmission capacity. This increase in the number of network
operators, together with the increased number of resellers of wireless
communication services in certain markets, is expected to intensify competition
for new and existing subscribers, driving growth in subscribers and the market
for wireless communications equipment.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   30
 
     INCREASING PENETRATION OF WORLDWIDE MARKETS. The Company expects that
continuing demand for wireless services will drive increased penetration of
markets worldwide. In certain markets, such as certain Asia-Pacific and Latin
American countries, which are currently characterized by relatively low
penetration, such growth is expected to be driven by economic growth, increased
service availability and the lower cost of service compared to conventional
wireline telephony systems. In addition, certain markets such as Sweden,
Australia, Hong Kong, Japan and the United States, which are currently
characterized by higher market penetrations, are also expected to grow,
primarily as a result of increasing deregulation, the availability of additional
spectrum frequencies, the allocation of new network operator licenses, increased
competition and the emergence of new wireless technologies.
 
     TRANSITION FROM ANALOG TO DIGITAL. The wireless communications industry has
historically provided telecommunications services primarily through analog
technology. However, new wireless networks have increasingly been built around
digital technologies, which provide increased network capacity, more
functionality, better voice quality and greater security/privacy than analog
technologies. By the time digital technologies became commercially available in
the United States during the latter part of 1996, cellular systems in the United
States had, for the most part, already been built to full capacity (using analog
technologies). Consequently, the first proponents of the new digital
technologies in the United States were the PCS network operators, as they had
not yet built costly network infrastructures. These PCS providers now compete
with incumbent cellular network operators in the United States for wireless
subscribers. In addition, incumbent analog cellular network operators in the
United States are gradually beginning to shift their subscribers toward digital
coverage, a shift that, to a great degree, has already occurred in many markets
within the Company's Asia-Pacific and Europe, Middle East and Africa divisions.
 
     PROLIFERATION OF MANUFACTURERS. With the opportunities presented by a
rapidly expanding market for wireless communications equipment, the transition
from analog to digital technology, and the penetration of the mass consumer
market, many new manufacturers are expected to produce wireless handsets and
accessories, including certain manufacturers who have historically been
successful in providing consumer electronics to the mass consumer market. The
greater number of manufacturers is expected to heighten competition and most
likely will provide consumers with lower handset prices, broader selection and
more end-market channels, resulting in higher product turnover by end users.
 
     OUTSOURCING. As the variety of handset models expands, digital technology
evolves and distribution migrates from the agent/dealer network to mass
retailers, incumbent cellular network operators are switching from in-house
distribution to independent distribution services in order to lower overall
costs. In order to maintain their resources for marketing, sales and customer
retention, new cellular and PCS network operators are also increasingly
outsourcing their handset distribution, fulfillment and inventory management
functions (as opposed to building distribution infrastructure and committing
limited working capital to inventory maintenance). At the same time, at the
other end of the industry, large incumbent handset manufacturers are starting to
outsource some of their channel management functions and utilize value-added
logistics services as a means of simplifying and reducing the cost of their
worldwide distribution systems. Finally, as competition increases and prices
decrease, vendors and network operators are targeting the growing consumer
segment through mass retail channels, requiring greater levels of fulfillment
services in order to address the logistical challenges of supporting mass
retailers and consumer electronics outlets.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     The Company's primary strategies for building on its position as a global
leader in providing services to the growing wireless communications industry
include the following:
 
     CAPTURE GROWING OUTSOURCING MARKET. The Company believes that increasing
government deregulation, competition and technological developments within the
wireless communications industry have caused manufacturers, network operators
and resellers to focus available internal resources on their core competencies,
and to outsource an increasing number of their product management functions to
specialists such as the Company, in an effort to reduce costs, increase
productivity and improve quality. The Company has strategically positioned
itself to capitalize on the growing trend toward outsourcing by offering a wide
variety
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   31
 
of distribution and value-added logistics services that effectively and
efficiently move wireless handsets and accessories through market channels. See
"-- Services."
 
     EXPAND WORLDWIDE PRESENCE. In the six months ended June 30, 1997, the
Company's sales in markets outside of North America represented approximately
69% of its total net sales, compared to 51%, 36% and 18% for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. These increases are the direct
result of the Company's strategy of focusing on growing markets worldwide. In
connection with its global expansion, the Company has created an in-country
presence in certain key markets throughout the world and intends to continue to
expand its international presence through internal growth at existing locations,
mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, other strategic alliances, and
start-ups in new locations. In the last 18 months, the Company has been able to
significantly expand its global presence through the acquisition of Allied
Communications (United States and Latin America), the acquisition of the
business and net assets of each of Technology Resources International Limited
(China, Hong Kong and United Kingdom), Hatadicorp Pty Ltd. (Australia) and
Telnic AB (Sweden) and the formation of each of Brightpoint South Africa (Pty)
Limited and Brightpoint Philippines, Inc. In addition, the Company is in the
process of forming Brightpoint Middle East FZE to be located in the Jebel Ali
Free Zone of Dubai, United Arab Emirates.
 
     LEVERAGE THE COMPANY'S EXPERIENCE AND EXPERTISE WITH NEW WIRELESS
COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGIES. There are continuously new, often incompatible,
wireless communications technologies and applications being introduced into the
wireless communications market, such as wireless local loop and satellite-based
communications, which are expected to contribute to future subscriber growth.
The Company's value-added logistics capabilities are, as a result of their
versatility, flexibility and broad-based application, virtually indifferent to
changes in telecommunications technologies and should integrate well with the
needs of the manufacturers, network operators and resellers of new wireless
products and services. In addition, the Company already provides distribution
services for, and has established strong relationships with, many of the
wireless communications equipment manufacturers which the Company expects to
produce products utilizing these emerging technologies and applications,
including Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. ("Nokia"), Ericsson Inc. ("Ericsson"),
Philips Consumer Communications ("Philips") and Siemens Ltd. ("Siemens"). As a
result, the Company believes that it is well-positioned as a provider of
distribution and value-added logistics services to participate in the
proliferation of the new wireless communications technologies and products
currently entering the market or being developed.
 
     MAINTAIN OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE. The Company continuously seeks to improve
and streamline its distribution and process handling systems in terms of
quality, time and cost in order to establish itself as the most effective and
efficient market channel for wireless communications equipment. The Company's
operational excellence, achieved through its business systems and procedures,
proprietary information systems, state-of-the-art facilities and strong regional
division management teams, allows the Company to develop strong relationships
with both the leading manufacturers of wireless communications equipment and its
other suppliers and customers. The Company has recently designed and implemented
a detailed business system and work flow procedures plan which the Company
believes enhances its ability to perform, and monitor the performance of, its
distribution and value-added logistics services. The Company's comprehensive
information systems, which the Company intends to integrate throughout its
global network, have given the Company the platform to develop many proprietary
solutions for its customers. These systems provide full electronic data
interchange capabilities and include proprietary modules for order fulfillment,
returns administration and a flexible service delivery system in support of the
Company's value-added logistics services. In the first quarter of 1997, the
Company completed an expansion of its state-of-the-art operations center in
Indianapolis, Indiana, increasing the total size of such facility to 182,400
square feet and giving it the capacity necessary to assemble, package and
fulfill approximately 12,000 units per day. In the first quarter of 1997, the
Company also opened an operations center in Sparks, Nevada, which together with
the Company's three other United States operations centers, gives the Company
the ability to serve every customer in the continental United States with
two-day ground rates. The Company has also entered into leases for additional
operations centers in South Africa and the Philippines, bringing to 11 the total
number of operations centers currently operated by the Company.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   32
 
SERVICES
 
     The Company has strategically positioned itself to capitalize on the
growing trend toward outsourcing by offering distribution and value-added
logistics services that effectively and efficiently move wireless handsets and
accessories through market channels. The Company has become one of the leading
suppliers of such services due primarily to its thorough understanding of the
needs within each distribution channel and its development of the knowledge and
resources necessary to create successful solutions. The Company currently
provides services for some of the leading manufacturers, network operators (both
cellular and PCS) and resellers in the wireless communications market.
 
     DISTRIBUTION SERVICES. The Company's distribution services include the
purchasing, marketing, selling, warehousing, picking, packing, shipping, and
"just-in-time" delivery of a broad selection of wireless communications products
from leading manufacturers. The Company continually reviews and evaluates
wireless communications products in determining the mix of products purchased
for resale and seeks to acquire distribution rights for products which the
Company believes have the potential for significant market penetration.
 
     The products distributed by the Company include a variety of handsets
designed to work on substantially all operating platforms (including analog
platforms, such as AMPS, TACS and NMT, and digital platforms, such as GSM and
TDMA) and feature prominent brand names such as Nokia, Ericsson, Philips,
Siemens and Motorola. For the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997, approximately 86%, 88% and 89%, respectively, of the
Company's net sales were derived from handset sales.
 
     In addition, the Company distributes handset accessories, such as
batteries, battery eliminators, plug-in chargers, cases, antennas and
"hands-free" kits. Among other things, the Company purchases original equipment
manufacturer ("OEM") accessories, either prepackaged or in bulk, and resells
them "as-is"; it purchases OEM accessories in bulk and packages them according
to its customers' specifications; it purchases after-market accessories and
packages them according to its customers' specifications; and it packages and
sells OEM and after-market accessories under its own BrightLinkTM name.
Accessories typically carry higher margins than handsets. For the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, sales of
accessories accounted for approximately 14%, 11% and 7%, respectively, of the
Company's net sales.
 
     VALUE-ADDED LOGISTICS SERVICES. The Company's value-added logistics
services include, among others, inventory management, product fulfillment,
programming, private labeling, light assembly, telemarketing, product warranty,
repair and refurbishment and end-user support services. The Company also
procures wireless handsets and accessories for its customers using the Company's
own sources or the customers' specified vendors. In addition, the Company
performs packaging and kitting functions for its customers, whereby it receives
orders, either directly from customers or from customers' end-users, via
electronic data interchange, and then, on a "just-in-time" basis, makes shelf
ready kits in customized packaging prescribed by its customers, in satisfaction
of the orders. For certain of its customers, the Company also finances purchases
of wireless handsets and accessories up to an agreed upon credit limit. When the
Company provides such off-balance sheet financing, it assumes the financial risk
but typically not the risk of obsolescence. When the customer consigns products
to the Company for order fulfillment, the financial risk and the risk of
obsolescence both typically lie completely with the customer. Recently, the
Company has also entered into a contract to provide a network operator with a
wide range of value-added logistics services relating to its new wireless
prepaid program in South Africa, including various inventory management, product
fulfillment and switch management services, and expects to enter into similar
arrangements in the Philippines and other markets in the future.
 
     During the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company's fees for
value-added logistics services were approximately $15 million (4% of net sales)
as compared to approximately $353,000 (less than 1% of net sales) in the six
months ended June 30, 1996. Because the fees for such services have much higher
margins than those associated with handset and accessory sales, they represent a
higher than proportionate percentage of the Company's operating profits. In
addition, the Company believes that its value-added logistics services will both
expand the Company's customer base and create new revenue streams from its
existing customers.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   33
 
CUSTOMERS
 
     The Company provides distribution and value-added logistics services to a
customer base of more than 10,000 network operators, manufacturers, agents,
resellers, dealers and retailers. For the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996
and the six months ended June 30, 1997, aggregate sales of handsets and
accessories to the Company's five largest customers accounted for approximately
17%, 15% and 25%, respectively, of the Company's net sales. During the year
ended December 31, 1996, no single customer accounted for more than 6% of the
Company's net sales. During the six months ended June 30, 1997, product sales to
Success World Limited, an exporter in Hong Kong, accounted for approximately 12%
of the Company's net sales and no other customer accounted for more than 5% of
the Company's net sales.
 
     The Company generally sells its products pursuant to customer purchase
orders and ships product orders received by 4:00 P.M. local time the same day.
Unless otherwise requested, substantially all of the Company's products are
delivered by common carriers within two days of receipt of customer orders.
Because orders are filled shortly after receipt, backlog is not material to the
Company's business. The Company's value-added logistics services are typically
provided pursuant to two-year, renewable agreements.
 
PURCHASING AND SUPPLY
 
     The Company has established key relationships with leading manufacturers of
wireless communications equipment. The Company generally negotiates directly
with manufacturers and suppliers in order to ensure adequate inventories of
popular brand name products on favorable pricing terms. In 1996, the Company
purchased its products from more than 45 suppliers. Inventory purchases are
based on quality, price, service, customer demand, product availability and
brand name recognition. Certain of the Company's suppliers provide favorable
purchasing terms to the Company, including price protection and cooperative
advertising and marketing allowances. Product manufacturers typically provide
warranties which the Company extends to its customers.
 
     For the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the six months ended
June 30, 1997, the Company's three largest sources of wireless handsets and
accessories in the aggregate accounted for approximately 38%, 51% and 65%,
respectively, of the Company's product purchases. For the year ended December
31, 1995, the Company's three largest suppliers (Nokia, BellSouth Cellular Corp.
and Ericsson) accounted for approximately 20%, 10% and 8%, respectively, of the
Company's product purchases. For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's
three largest suppliers (Nokia, Ericsson and Lucent Technologies Inc.) accounted
for approximately 33%, 12% and 6%, respectively, of the Company's product
purchases. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company's three largest
suppliers (Nokia, Ericsson and Siemens) accounted for approximately 37%, 18% and
10%, respectively, of the Company's product purchases. For these periods, none
of the Company's other suppliers accounted for more than 10% of product
purchases. Failure or delay by these or other suppliers in supplying competitive
products on favorable terms, or at all, would materially adversely affect the
Company's operating margins and the Company's ability to obtain and deliver
products on a timely and competitive basis. See "-- Competition."
 
     The Company maintains agreements with certain of its significant suppliers,
including Nokia, Ericsson and Philips. The most recent agreement, with Nokia,
provides for distribution services in Hong Kong and China. These agreements are
generally non-exclusive, require the Company to satisfy minimum purchase
requirements and can be terminated on short notice by either party. The Company
purchases products from other manufacturers and dealers pursuant to purchase
orders placed from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company
generally places orders to its suppliers by facsimile on a daily basis. Purchase
orders are typically filled within one to 21 days and products are shipped to
the Company's warehouses by common carrier. The Company believes that its
relationships with its suppliers are good.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   34
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     The Company's sales and marketing efforts are coordinated in each of its
four regional divisions by a Managing Director for that particular division.
Because of the service-oriented nature of the Company's business, these
executives devote a substantial amount of their time to developing and
maintaining relationships with the Company's customers in addition to managing
the overall operations of the division. Each division's sales offices are
managed by a Managing Director who reports to the Managing Director of the
division and is responsible for the daily sales and operations of each sales
office. Each division has telemarketers who specialize in or focus on telephone
sales to a particular type of customer (e.g. network operator, dealer, reseller,
other distributor, retailer, etc.). In addition, the Company markets its
value-added logistics services through the Managing Director in each of its four
regional divisions and through dedicated sales personnel. Including support
personnel, the Company had approximately 141 employees involved in sales and
marketing at June 30, 1997, including 26 in its Asia-Pacific division, 76 in its
North America division, 33 in its Europe, Middle East and Africa division and 6
in its Latin America division.
 
     The Company believes that product recognition by customers and consumers is
an important factor in the marketing of the products sold by the Company.
Accordingly, the Company promotes itself and certain of its product lines
through advertising in trade publications and attendance at international,
national and regional trade shows, as well as through direct mail solicitation,
broadcast faxing and its telemarketing activities. The Company's manufacturers
and dealers use a variety of methods to promote their products directly to
consumers, including print and media advertising based on product features.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company operates in a highly competitive market and believes that such
competition will intensify in the future. The markets for wireless
communications products are characterized by intense price competition and
significant price erosion over the life of a product. The Company competes
principally on the basis of value (in terms of price, time and reliability),
service and product availability. The Company competes with numerous
well-established manufacturers and wholesale distributors of wireless equipment,
including the Company's customers and suppliers, as well as with wireless
network operators, including the Company's customers, and logistics service
providers, some of which possess substantially greater financial, marketing,
personnel and other resources than the Company. Certain of these competitors
have the financial resources necessary to withstand substantial price
competition and implement extensive advertising and promotional campaigns, both
generally and in response to efforts by additional competitors to enter into new
markets or introduce new products.
 
     The wireless communications equipment distribution industry has, in the
past, been characterized by low barriers to entry. However, as the market
requirement shifts from pure distribution services to a mix of distribution
services and value-added logistics services, entry barriers are expected to rise
due to the increased cost of infrastructure, the expanded human resource
requirement and the advanced management and information systems capabilities
that the value-added logistics services segment of the business mandates. The
Company's ability to continue to compete successfully will be largely dependent
on its ability to anticipate and respond to various competitive factors
affecting the industry, including new or changing outsourcing requirements, new
products which may be introduced, changes in consumer preferences, demographic
trends, international, national, regional and local economic conditions
(particularly recessionary conditions adversely affecting consumer spending) and
discount pricing strategies and promotional activities by competitors.
 
     In the Asia-Pacific wireless product distributor market, the Company's
primary competitors are national carriers that have retail outlets with direct
end-user access and United States and foreign-based exporters and distributors,
including CellStar Corporation ("CellStar"), Techglory International Ltd. (in
Hong Kong) and Telepacific Pty Limited (in Australia). In addition, the Company
competes for logistics fees with agents and subagents of the network operators.
Competitors of the Company in its North America division include network
operators and other dedicated wireless distributors such as CellStar and Pana
Pacific, Inc. The Company also competes with logistics service providers in its
North America operations, such as United Parcel Service of America, Inc. and
TESSCO Technologies Incorporated. In the Company's Europe, Middle
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   35
 
East and Africa division its competitors include wireless equipment
manufacturers who sell directly to the region's network operators and retailers,
as well as the network operators themselves and other distributors, such as
20/20 Logistics Ltd. (formerly Caudwell Communications), European Telecom plc
and Banner Twin Choice plc. In the Latin America division the Company competes
primarily with CellStar and various other distributors.
 
     The markets for wireless communications products are characterized by
rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, often resulting in
product obsolescence or short product life cycles. Accordingly, the Company's
success is dependent upon its ability to anticipate technological changes in the
industry and to continually identify, obtain and successfully market new
products that satisfy evolving industry and customer requirements. The use of
alternative wireless technologies, including wireless local loop and
satellite-based communications systems, may reduce demand for existing cellular
and PCS products. Upon widespread commercial introduction, new wireless
technologies could materially change the types of products sold by the Company
and its suppliers and result in significant price competition. In addition,
products that reach the market outside of normal distribution channels, such as
"gray market" resales (e.g., unauthorized or illegal resales, which may avoid
applicable duties and taxes), may also have an adverse impact on the Company's
operations.
 
     Although the Company believes that the scope and efficiency of its
value-added logistics services will provide it with a competitive advantage in
the distribution sector of the industry as well, there can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to continue to compete successfully in the future.
 
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
     The Company's continued operational excellence will be partially dependent
on the functionality, performance and utilization of its information systems. In
the first quarter of 1996, the Company successfully implemented a comprehensive
Informix-based information system which currently maintains financial and
management controls for its operations through the use of a centralized
accounting system and a computerized management information system for its North
and Latin America divisions. Since the implementation of the system, the Company
has invested approximately $12.3 million in continued development and
enhancement of the system to provide electronic data interchange capabilities,
create proprietary solutions for its customers and provide a flexible service
delivery system in support of its value-added logistics services and intends to
use additional funds to integrate this information system throughout its four
divisions. The Company's information systems department has grown substantially
in resources, both through increased software and hardware and additional
employees. At June 30, 1997, there were 29 employees in the Company's
information systems department.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company had 543 employees, 88 in its Asia-Pacific
division, 350 in its North America division, 87 in its Europe, Middle East and
Africa division and 18 in its Latin America division. Of these employees,
approximately 25 were in executive positions, 141 were engaged in sales and
marketing, 255 were in service operations and 122 were in administration. None
of the Company's employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The
Company believes that its relations with its employees are good.
 
FACILITIES
 
     The Company provides its distribution and value-added logistics services
from its operations centers. The Company's headquarters and largest operations
center are located in a 182,400 square foot facility in Indianapolis, Indiana.
This facility includes approximately 142,400 square feet of operations center
space.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   36
 
Including this Indianapolis facility, the Company leases the following
operations centers and/or sales office facilities (for an aggregate monthly rent
of approximately $178,000):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  INITIAL LEASE
             REGIONAL DIVISION                 FACILITY TYPE    SQUARE FOOTAGE   EXPIRATION DATE
             -----------------               -----------------  --------------   ----------------
<S>                                          <C>                <C>              <C>
ASIA-PACIFIC:
  Sydney, Australia........................  Operations/Sales       16,038       May 2001
  Manila, Philippines......................  Operations/Sales       11,410       May 2000
  Hong Kong................................  Operations Center       1,800       August 1997
  Hong Kong................................  Sales Office            1,625       April 1998
  Beijing, China...........................  Sales Office            1,472       December 1997
NORTH AMERICA:
  Indianapolis, Indiana(1).................  Operations/Sales      182,400       December 2006
  Indianapolis, Indiana....................  Operations Center      18,000       December 1998
  Sparks, Nevada...........................  Operations Center      65,000       February 2002
  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania...............  Operations Center      22,000       December 1999
EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA:
  Manchester, England......................  Operations/Sales       16,589       December 2001
  Johannesburg, South Africa...............  Operations/Sales       16,214       April 2000
  Gothenburg, Sweden.......................  Operations/Sales        8,123       September 1999
LATIN AMERICA:
  Miami, Florida(2)........................  Operations/Sales       14,415       August 1998
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) The lease term for approximately 92,400 square feet of this facility expires
    on December 31, 2006 and for approximately 90,000 square feet expires on
    January 31, 2006, each of which terms may be renewed for two five-year
    periods. At the end of the initial lease term, the Company has an option to
    purchase the leased premises for approximately $11.5 million.
 
(2) The Company's Miami, Florida office also services its North America
    operations.
 
     The Company believes that its existing facilities are adequate for its
current requirements and that suitable additional space will be available as
needed to accommodate future expansion of its operations.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   37
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The Board of Directors is divided into three classes serving staggered
three-year terms. Executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion
of, the Board of Directors. The directors and executive officers of the Company
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME                      AGE                         POSITION
                 ----                      ---                         --------
<S>                                        <C>    <C>
Robert J. Laikin(1)....................    34     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
J. Mark Howell(2)......................    32     President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
T. Scott Housefield(3).................    39     Executive Vice President and Director
Phillip A. Bounsall....................    36     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
                                                  and Treasurer
Steven E. Fivel........................    36     Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
                                                  Secretary
Robert Picow(1)(4).....................    42     Vice Chairman of the Board
Joseph Forer(2)(4).....................    47     Director
Stephen H. Simon(2)....................    31     Director
John W. Adams(3).......................    48     Director
Robert F. Wagner(1)....................    62     Director
Rollin M. Dick(1)......................    65     Director
Steven B. Sands(3).....................    38     Director
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Class II director, term expires in 1999
 
(2) Class I director, term expires in 1998
 
(3) Class III director, term expires in 2000
 
(4) Messrs. Picow and Forer, the Selling Stockholders, will be resigning as
    directors effective as of the consummation of the Offerings. The Company has
    not yet identified replacement directors to fill these pending vacancies.
    Mr. Forer will continue as the Company's Director of International Business
    Development following the Offerings.
 
     Robert J. Laikin, a founder of the Company, has been a director of the
Company since its inception in August 1989. Mr. Laikin has been Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since January 1994. Mr. Laikin
was President of the Company from June 1992 until September 1996 and Vice
President and Treasurer of the Company from August 1989 until May 1992. From
July 1986 to December 1987, Mr. Laikin was Vice President and, from January 1988
to February 1993, President of Century Cellular Network, Inc., a company engaged
in the retail sale of cellular telephones and accessories.
 
     J. Mark Howell has been a director of the Company since October 1994. Mr.
Howell has been President of the Company since September 1996, Chief Operating
Officer of the Company from September 1995 and was Executive Vice President,
Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of the Company from
July 1994 until September 1996. From July 1992 until joining the Company, Mr.
Howell was Corporate Controller for ADESA Corporation, a company which owns and
operates automobile auctions in the United States and Canada. Prior thereto, Mr.
Howell was a Manager with Ernst & Young LLP.
 
     T. Scott Housefield has been a director of the Company since January 1993
and Executive Vice President since July 1994. From January 1993 to June 1994,
Mr. Housefield was Chief Financial Officer of the Company and, from January 1994
to July 1994, was Chief Operating Officer of the Company. Prior thereto, Mr.
Housefield owned and operated Housefield Marketing Corp., a company engaged in
the wholesale distribution of textiles.
 
     Phillip A. Bounsall has been Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer of the Company since October 1996. From March 1994 until
September 1996, Mr. Bounsall was Chief Financial Officer of Walker Information,
Inc., a provider of customer satisfaction measurement and other information
services. Previously, Mr. Bounsall was a senior manager with Ernst & Young LLP,
where he worked for 12 years.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   38
 
     Steven E. Fivel has been Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of the Company since January 1997. From December 1993 until January
1997, Mr. Fivel was an attorney with SDG Administrative Services Partnership,
L.P., an affiliate of Simon DeBartolo Group and a publicly-held real estate
investment trust. From February 1988 to December 1993, Mr. Fivel was an attorney
with Melvin Simon & Associates, Inc., a privately-held shopping center
development company.
 
     Robert Picow has been a director of the Company and Vice Chairman of the
Board of Directors of the Company since June 1996. Mr. Picow was President of
the Company's North America division from June 1996 until October 1996. He is
currently a private investor. Prior to their merger with the Company, Mr. Picow
was a founder of Allied Communications, Inc., Allied Communications of Georgia,
Inc. and Allied Communications of Illinois, Inc. and co-founder of Allied
Communications of Florida, Inc. and Allied Communications of Puerto Rico, Inc.
Mr. Picow served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Allied
Communications, Inc., Allied Communications of Illinois, Inc. and Allied
Communications of Georgia, Inc. from their inception in 1984, 1993 and 1992,
respectively.
 
     Joseph Forer has been a director of the Company since June 1996 and the
Company's Director of International Business Development since June 1997. From
June 1996 to June 1997, Mr. Forer was the Managing Director of the Company's
Latin America division. Prior to their merger with the Company, Mr. Forer was a
co-founder of Allied Communications of Florida, Inc. and Allied Communications
of Puerto Rico, Inc., as well as President and a director of such companies from
1992 and 1994, respectively. From 1989 until joining Allied Communications, Mr.
Forer served as Executive Vice President of Cellular World, Inc., a distributor
of cellular telephone and paging equipment.
 
     John W. Adams has been a director of the Company since April 1994. Since
October 1983, Mr. Adams has been Vice President of Browning Investments, Inc., a
commercial real estate development company. Mr. Adams is a trustee of Century
Realty Trust, a publicly-held real estate investment trust.
 
     Robert F. Wagner has been a director of the Company since April 1994. Mr.
Wagner has been engaged in the practice of law with the firm of Lewis & Wagner
since 1973.
 
     Stephen H. Simon has been a director of the Company since April 1994. Mr.
Simon has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Melvin Simon &
Associates, Inc., a privately-held shopping center development company, since
February 1997. From December 1993 until February 1997, Mr. Simon was Director of
Development for SDG Administrative Services Partnership, L.P., an affiliate of
Simon DeBartolo Group and a publicly held real estate investment trust. From
November 1991 to December 1993, Mr. Simon was Development Manager of Melvin
Simon & Associates, Inc.
 
     Rollin M. Dick has been a director of the Company since April 1994. Since
February 1986, Mr. Dick has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of Conseco, Inc., a publicly-held life insurance holding company. Mr.
Dick is also a director of Conseco, Inc., American Life Holdings, Inc., a
publicly traded life insurance holding company, and General Acceptance
Corporation, a publicly-held automotive finance company.
 
     Steven B. Sands has been a director of the Company since May 1994. Since
1990, Mr. Sands has been Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sands
Brothers & Co., Ltd., an investment banking firm and one of the Representatives
for the Offerings. Mr. Sands is a director of Semiconductor Packaging Materials
Co., Inc., a semiconductor components manufacturer; Command Security Corp., a
provider of security guards; and The Village Green Bookstore, Inc., a bookstore
owner and operator, each a publicly-held company. See "Underwriting."
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
     During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Board of Directors held
nine meetings. Six of the meetings were attended by all of the directors, either
in person or by telephone and three meetings were attended by all directors with
the exception of one meeting missed by each of Messrs. Simon, Wagner and Adams.
In addition, the Board took other action by unanimous written consent in lieu of
a meeting. The Company has a Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
comprised of Messrs. Wagner and Adams. The Compensation Committee held three
meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. The Company has an
Audit Committee which supervises the audit and financial procedures of the
Company.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   39
 
The Audit Committee is comprised of Messrs. Dick and Simon. The Audit Committee
of the Board of Directors held two meetings during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996. The Company does not have a nominating committee. The Board
of Directors has also designated an Executive Committee which meets
periodically, as needed, and is comprised of Messrs. Dick, Howell, Laikin and
Wagner.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, each non-employee director
received cash compensation of $5,000 per annum and $1,500 for each meeting of
the Board of Directors attended. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997,
each non-employee director will receive $10,000 per annum, $2,500 for each
meeting of the Board of Directors attended, and $1,000 for each meeting of a
committee of the Board of Directors attended. The Company has adopted a
Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan (the "Director Plan") pursuant to which
non-employee directors are eligible to receive options to purchase an aggregate
of 468,750 shares. The Director Plan provides that eligible directors
automatically receive a grant of options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common
Stock upon first becoming a director and, thereafter, an annual grant, in
January of each year, of options to purchase 4,000 shares. All of such options
are granted at fair market value on the date of grant and are exercisable as to
all of the shares covered thereby commencing one year from the date of grant. To
date, the Company has granted to each of Messrs. Adams, Wagner, Simon, Dick and
Sands options to purchase 45,312 shares of Common Stock, and has granted to Mr.
Picow options to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock, pursuant to the Director
Plan. During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company granted options to
purchase 7,500 shares at an exercise price of $7.94 per share (after all stock
splits) to each of Messrs. Adams, Wagner, Simon, Dick and Sands. See "-- Stock
Option Plans."
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
     The following table discloses for the periods presented the compensation
for the person who served as the Company's Chief Executive Officer and for each
of the other executive officers of the Company whose total compensation exceeded
$100,000 for the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 (the "Named
Executives"):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   LONG-TERM
                                                                                                 COMPENSATION
                                                                                                    AWARDS
                                                                                                 -------------
                                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION             SECURITIES
                                                           ----------------------------------     UNDERLYING
          NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION              YEAR        SALARY              BONUS          OPTIONS (#)
          ---------------------------              ----    ---------------    ---------------    -------------
<S>                                                <C>     <C>                <C>                <C>
Robert J. Laikin...............................    1996    $       180,000    $       200,000          375,000
Chief Executive Officer                            1995            120,000            105,000          292,968
                                                   1994             67,500            100,000          117,188
 
J. Mark Howell.................................    1996            150,000            175,000          375,000
President and Chief Operating Officer              1995             90,000             85,000          175,780
                                                   1994             31,250             75,000          117,187
 
T. Scott Housefield............................    1996            150,000            175,000          375,000
Executive Vice President                           1995             90,000             60,000           58,593
                                                   1994             50,000             45,000           58,593
 
Phillip A. Bounsall............................    1996             26,042(1)         125,000(2)        93,750
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial       1995                 --                 --               --
  Officer                                          1994                 --                 --               --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Mr. Bounsall's employment with the Company commenced on October 14, 1996.
 
(2) Includes a signing bonus of $100,000.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   40
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
     The following table provides information with respect to individual stock
options granted during fiscal 1996 to each of the Named Executives:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                % OF                                      POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                               TOTAL                                        VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                              OPTIONS                                        ANNUAL RATES OF
                               SHARES        GRANTED TO                                 STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION
                             UNDERLYING      EMPLOYEES       EXERCISE                      FOR OPTION TERM(2)
                               OPTIONS       IN FISCAL         PRICE       EXPIRATION   -------------------------
           NAME              GRANTED(1)         YEAR          ($/SH)          DATE          5%            10%
           ----              ----------      ----------    -------------   ----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                         <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>           <C>
Robert J. Laikin..........       375,000       23.2%       $   12.46        10/04/01     $1,290,926    $2,852,608
J. Mark Howell............       375,000       23.2%           12.46        10/04/01      1,290,926     2,852,608
T. Scott Housefield.......       375,000       23.2%           12.46        10/04/01      1,290,926     2,852,608
Phillip A. Bounsall.......        93,750        5.8%           12.46        10/04/01        322,731       713,152
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Options were granted under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan and are
     exercisable as to one-third of the shares covered thereby on the first,
     second and third anniversaries of the date of grant. See "-- Stock Option
     Plans."
 
(2) The potential realizable value columns of the table illustrate values that
     might be realized upon exercise of the options immediately prior to their
     expiration, assuming the Company's Common Stock appreciates at the
     compounded rates specified over the term of the options. These numbers do
     not take into account provisions of options providing for termination of
     the option following termination of employment or nontransferability of the
     options and do not make any provision for taxes associated with exercise.
     Because actual gains will depend upon, among other things, future
     performance of the Common Stock, there can be no assurance that the amounts
     reflected in this table will be achieved.
 
         AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
     The following table sets forth information concerning each exercise of
stock options by each of the Named Executives during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996 and the value of unexercised stock options held by the Named
Executives as of December 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                           UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                 OPTIONS AT               IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                  SHARES                      DECEMBER 31, 1996          AT DECEMBER 31, 1996(1)
                                ACQUIRED ON    VALUE     ---------------------------   ---------------------------
             NAME                EXERCISE     REALIZED   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
             ----               -----------   --------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                             <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Robert J. Laikin..............         --           --     332,032        453,125      $6,067,000     $5,512,000
J. Mark Howell................    117,188     $968,750      39,063        453,125         630,000      5,512,000
T. Scott Housefield...........         --           --      58,594        375,000       1,016,000      4,253,000
Phillip A. Bounsall...........         --           --          --         93,750              --      1,063,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Year-end values for unexercised in-the-money options represent the positive
    spread between the exercise price of such options and the year-end market
    value of the Common Stock.
 
     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") contains
provisions entitling the Company's directors and officers to indemnification
from judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred as the result of an action,
suit or proceeding in which they may be involved by reason of having been a
director or officer of the Company. In its Certificate of Incorporation, the
Company has included a provision that limits the personal liability of its
directors to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a
breach of their fiduciary
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   41
 
duties as directors. This provision limits a director's liability except where
such director (i) breaches his duty of loyalty to the Company or its
stockholders, (ii) fails to act in good faith or engages in intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of laws, (iii) authorizes payment of an
unlawful dividend or stock purchase or redemption as provided in Section 174 of
the DGCL or (iv) obtains an improper personal benefit. This provision does not
prevent the Company or its stockholders from seeking equitable remedies, such as
injunctive relief or rescission. If equitable remedies are found not to be
available to stockholders in any particular case, stockholders may not have any
effective remedy against actions taken by directors that constitute negligence
or gross negligence.
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, also includes
provisions to the effect that (subject to certain exceptions) the Company shall,
to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of
Delaware, indemnify, and upon request shall reimburse expenses to, any director
or officer to the extent that such indemnification and reimbursement of expenses
is permitted under such law, as it may from time to time be in effect. In
addition, the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company require the Company to
indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any director, officer,
employee or agent of the Company. At present, the DGCL provides that, in order
to be entitled to indemnification, an individual must have acted in good faith
and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
Company's best interests and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding,
had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company has entered into five-year evergreen employment agreements with
each of Messrs. Laikin, Howell and Housefield which are automatically renewable
for successive one-year periods and provide for an annual base compensation of
$200,000 and such bonuses as the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine. If the Company provides the employee
with notice that it desires to terminate the agreement, there is a final
five-year term commencing on the date of such notice. The employment agreements
provide for employment on a full-time basis and contain a provision that the
employee will not compete or engage in a business competitive with the current
or anticipated business of the Company during the term of the employment
agreement and for a period of two years thereafter. The employment agreements
also provide that if the employee's employment is terminated under certain
circumstances, including as a result of a change of control, the employee will
be entitled to receive severance pay equal to ten times the total compensation
(including salary, bonus, the value of all perquisites and the value of all
stock options received or earned by the employee) received from the Company
during the twelve months prior to the date of termination. For purposes of such
agreements, a "change of control" shall be deemed to occur, unless previously
consented to in writing by the respective employee, upon (i) the actual
acquisition, or the execution of an agreement to acquire, 20% or more of the
voting securities of the Company by any person or entity not affiliated with the
respective employee (other than pursuant to a bona fide underwriting agreement
relating to a public distribution of securities of the Company), (ii) the
commencement of a tender or exchange offer for more than 20% of the voting
securities of the Company by any person or entity not affiliated with the
respective employee, (iii) the commencement of a proxy contest against
management for the election of a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company if the group conducting the proxy contest owns, has or gains the power
to vote at least 20% of the voting securities of the Company, (iv) a vote by the
Board of Directors to merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company to any person or entity not affiliated with the respective
employee, or (v) the election of directors constituting a majority of the Board
of Directors who have not been nominated or approved by the respective employee.
In addition, the Company has entered into three-year evergreen employment
agreements with each of Messrs. Bounsall and Fivel which provide for an annual
base compensation of $125,000 and provide otherwise for substantially the same
terms as the employment agreements described above, except that if the
employee's employment is terminated under certain circumstances, including as a
result of a change of control, the employee will be entitled to receive
severance pay equal to three times the compensation received from the Company
during the twelve months prior to the date of termination.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   42
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     The Company has a Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
currently consisting of Messrs. Wagner and Adams. Decisions as to executive
compensation are made by the Board of Directors, primarily upon the
recommendation of such committee. The Board of Directors has not modified or
rejected any recommendations of the Compensation Committee as to the
compensation of the Company's executive officers. During the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996, none of the executive officers of the Company has served on
the board of directors or the compensation committee of any other entity, any of
whose officers serves on the Company's Board of Directors or Compensation
Committee.
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     In March 1994, the Company adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan, effective
April 7, 1994, as amended in May 1995 and April 1997 (the "1994 Plan"), pursuant
to which 4,100,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance upon the
exercise of options designated as either (i) options intended to constitute
incentive stock options ("ISOs") under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), or (ii) nonqualified options. ISOs may be granted under
the 1994 Plan to employees and officers of the Company. Non-qualified options
may be granted to consultants, directors (whether or not they are employees),
employees or officers of the Company.
 
     The 1994 Plan is intended to qualify under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and is administered by a
committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors (the "Stock Option
Committee"), which currently consists of Messrs. Wagner and Adams. The Stock
Option Committee, within the limitations of the 1994 Plan, determines the
persons to whom options will be granted, the number of shares to be covered by
each option, whether the options granted are intended to be ISOs, the duration
and rate of exercise of each option, the exercise price per share and the manner
of exercise and the time, manner and form of payment upon exercise of an option.
Unless sooner terminated, the 1994 Plan will expire on April 7, 2004.
 
     ISOs granted under the 1994 Plan may not be granted at a price less than
the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant (or 110% of fair
market value in the case of persons holding 10% or more of the voting stock of
the Company). The aggregate fair market value of shares for which ISOs granted
to any employee are exercisable for the first time by such employee during any
calendar year (under all stock option plans of the Company) may not exceed
$100,000. Non-qualified options granted under the 1994 Plan may not be granted
at a price less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant. However, the Stock Option Committee may, in the future, adjust the
original exercise price of up to 10% of the total options available for grant
without stockholder approval. Options granted under the 1994 Plan will expire
not more than ten years from the date of grant (five years in the case of ISOs
granted to persons holding 10% or more of the voting stock of the Company). All
options granted under the 1994 Plan are not transferable during an optionee's
lifetime but are transferable at death by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution. In general, upon termination of employment of an optionee, all
options granted to such person which are not exercisable on the date of such
termination immediately terminate, and any options that are exercisable
terminate 90 days following termination of employment.
 
     Under the 1994 Plan, the maximum number of shares that may be covered by
stock options granted to any employee of the Company shall be a maximum of 50%
of the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the 1994 Plan.
Such requirement is intended to meet the exception from Section 162(m) of the
Code for performance-based compensation.
 
     The 1994 Plan contains anti-dilution provisions authorizing appropriate
adjustments in certain circumstances. Shares of Common Stock subject to options
which expire without being exercised or which are cancelled as a result of the
cessation of employment are available for further grants. No shares of Common
Stock may be issued to any optionee until the full exercise price has been paid.
The Committee may grant individual options under the 1994 Plan with more
stringent provisions than those specified in the 1994 Plan.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   43
 
     As of July 10, 1997, the Company has granted options to purchase an
aggregate of 2,143,285 shares under the 1994 Plan (net of forfeitures), of which
options to purchase 1,309,140 shares have been exercised. During the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996, the Company granted five-year options to purchase an
aggregate of 217,500 (net of forfeitures) shares under the 1994 Plan, none of
which were granted to executive officers or directors of the Company.
 
     As of July 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "1996
Plan") pursuant to which employees of the Company and others are eligible to be
granted non-qualified stock options to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,875,000
shares of Common Stock. The 1996 Plan is administered by the Stock Option
Committee in the same manner in which the Committee administers the 1994 Plan.
The terms of the 1996 Plan are identical to those contained in the 1994 Plan
except that no ISOs may be granted under the 1996 Plan. As of July 10, 1997, the
Company has granted options (net of cancellations) to purchase an aggregate of
1,820,625 shares under the 1996 Plan, none of which has been exercised. During
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Company granted five and ten-year
options to purchase an aggregate of 1,403,125 shares under the 1996 Plan. Of
such options, options to purchase 375,000, 375,000, 375,000 and 93,750 shares,
respectively, were granted to Messrs. Laikin, Howell, Housefield and Bounsall at
an exercise price of $12.46 per share. During the six months ended June 30,
1997, the Company granted options to purchase 46,875 shares to Mr. Fivel under
the 1996 Plan, which options are exercisable at a price of $19.40 per share. All
of such options are exercisable as to one-third of the shares covered thereby on
the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant.
 
     The Company has also adopted the Non-employee Directors Stock Option Plan
(the "Directors Plan" and, together with the 1994 Plan and the 1996 Plan, the
"Stock Option Plans"), as amended, pursuant to which non-employee directors are
eligible to receive options to purchase an aggregate of 468,750 shares. The
Director Plan provides that eligible directors automatically receive a grant of
options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock at fair market value upon
first becoming a director and, thereafter, an annual grant, in January of each
year, of 4,000 options at fair market value. Each option expires five years from
the date of grant and is exercisable in full commencing one year from the date
of grant. As of July 10, 1997, the Company has granted options to purchase an
aggregate of 231,562 shares of Common Stock under the Directors Plan, of which
options to purchase 89,062 shares have been exercised.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   44
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of July 10, 1997 and as adjusted to give effect
to the sale of Common Stock offered by the Company and the Selling Stockholders
in the Offerings: (i) by each person who is known by the Company to own
beneficially more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock; (ii) by each director;
(iii) by each of the Named Executives; (iv) by all executive officers and
directors of the Company as a group; and (v) by each Selling Stockholder.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SHARES BENEFICIALLY                 SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                   OWNED PRIOR                         OWNED AFTER
                                                 TO OFFERINGS(2)      SHARES TO        OFFERINGS(2)
                                               --------------------   BE SOLD IN   --------------------
                   NAME(1)                      NUMBER      PERCENT   OFFERINGS      NUMBER     PERCENT
                   -------                     ---------    -------   ----------   ----------   -------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>
Robert J. Laikin.............................    500,469(3)   2.2%            --      500,469     2.1%
J. Mark Howell...............................     78,125(4)     *             --       78,125       *
T. Scott Housefield..........................     58,594(5)     *             --       58,594       *
Phillip A. Bounsall..........................         --(6)     *             --           --       *
Robert Picow(7)..............................  2,418,999(8)  10.8%     2,000,000      418,999     1.7%
Joseph Forer(9)..............................    342,188      1.5%       200,000      142,188       *
Rollin M. Dick...............................    532,500(10)  2.4%           --       532,500     2.2%
John W. Adams................................     16,875(11)     *            --       16,875       *
Robert F. Wagner.............................      7,500(12)     *            --        7,500       *
Stephen H. Simon.............................      7,500(13)     *            --        7,500       *
Steven B. Sands..............................     45,233(14)     *            --       45,233       *
American Century Companies, Inc. ............  1,500,000(15)  6.7%           --     1,500,000     6.2%
The Capital Group Companies, Inc. ...........  1,331,250(16)  6.0%           --     1,331,250     5.5%
All executive officers and directors as a
  group (twelve persons)(17).................  4,007,983     17.7%     2,200,000    1,807,983     7.4%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
  *  Less than 1%.
 
 (1) The address for each of such individuals, unless specified otherwise in a
     subsequent footnote, is in care of the Company, 6402 Corporate Drive,
     Indianapolis, Indiana 46278.
 
 (2) A person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be
     acquired by such person within 60 days from the date hereof upon the
     exercise of options. Each beneficial owner's percentage ownership is
     determined by assuming that options or warrants that are held by such
     person (but not those held by any other person) and which are exercisable
     within 60 days of the date hereof have been exercised. Unless otherwise
     indicated, the Company believes that all persons named in the table have
     sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock
     beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where
     applicable.
 
 (3) Includes: (i) 461,406 shares held by Robert J. Laikin and (ii) 39,063
     shares underlying options which are exercisable within 60 days of the date
     hereof. Does not include options to purchase 414,063 shares.
 
 (4) Represents shares underlying options which are exercisable within 60 days
     of the date hereof. Does not include options to purchase 414,063 shares.
 
 (5) Does not include options to purchase 375,000 shares.
 
 (6) Does not include options to purchase 93,750 shares.
 
 (7) The address for Robert Picow is 2 Cartagena Drive, Boca Raton, Florida
     33428.
 
 (8) Does not include options to purchase 5,000 shares.
 
 (9) The address for Joseph Forer is 12370 SW 64th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33156.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   45
 
(10) Includes: (i) 492,188 shares held in the name of Rollin M. Dick and Helen
     E. Dick Grantor Retained Annuity Trust II, and (ii) 40,312 shares
     underlying options which are exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof.
     Does not include options to purchase 5,000 shares.
 
(11) Represents shares underlying options which are exercisable within 60 days
     of the date hereof. Does not include options to purchase 5,000 shares.
 
(12) Represents shares underlying options which are exercisable within 60 days
     of the date hereof. Does not include options to purchase 5,000 shares.
 
(13) Represents shares underlying options which are exercisable within 60 days
     of the date hereof. Does not include options to purchase 5,000 shares.
 
(14) Consists of (i) 3,750 shares held by Ponderosa Partners, L.P., of which Mr.
     Sands is a controlling stockholder, officer and director of the corporate
     general partner and (ii) 41,483 shares underlying options and warrants
     which are exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof. Does not include
     options to purchase 5,000 shares.
 
(15) Based on Form 13-G filed with the Commission, American Century Companies,
     Inc. has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares. The address for
     American Century Companies, Inc. is Twentieth Century Tower, 4500 Main
     Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64111.
 
(16) Based on Form 13-G filed with the Commission, Capital Research and
     Management Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Capital Group
     Companies, Inc. ("CGC"), and the SMALLCAP World Fund, Inc. have sole voting
     and dispositive power over the shares. The address for CGC is 333 South
     Hope Street, 52nd Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.
 
(17) Includes an aggregate of 272,266 shares underlying options and warrants
     which are exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof, including those
     listed in notes (3) through (6), (8) and (12) through (16) above.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     Century Cellular Network, Inc. ("Century"), a company 50% owned by Robert
J. Laikin, Chairman of the Board of the Company, was a customer and supplier to
the Company until December 1996. For the year ended December 31, 1996, the
Company sold approximately $2.6 million of cellular telephone products to
Century and made purchases of inventory from Century of approximately $751,000.
The Company believes that sales to Century and purchases made from Century
during 1996 were made on terms no less favorable than could have been made to or
from unaffiliated third parties. At June 30, 1997, accounts receivable from
Century were approximately $370,000. Mr. Laikin has personally guaranteed the
payment of receivables due from Century.
 
     In May 1997, in connection with the assignment from Century to the Company
of certain leasehold premises located in Indianapolis which were previously
guaranteed by Mr. Laikin, the third-party landlord under such lease released Mr.
Laikin from his personal guaranty.
 
     In connection with the Allied Merger, the Company issued an aggregate of
3,796,875 shares of Common Stock to Messrs. Robert Picow and Joseph Forer in
exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Allied Communications' common
stock and appointed each of them as a director of the Company. Each of Messrs.
Picow and Forer is a Selling Stockholder in connection with the Offerings,
offering 2,000,000 shares and 200,000 shares, respectively, and each will resign
as a director upon the consummation of the Offerings. Mr. Forer will continue as
the Company's Director of International Business Development. The Company has
agreed to indemnify the Selling Stockholders against certain liabilities,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to
payments the Selling Stockholders may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   46
 
     In October 1996, the Company terminated an employment agreement with Robert
Picow and entered into an agreement with Mr. Picow, pursuant to which Mr. Picow
serves as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and receives
$10,000 per month. The term of the agreement is from October 9, 1996 until June
7, 1999. Under the agreement, Mr. Picow may not have an interest in, or render
any services to, any business competitive with the business activities of the
Company, either in any state of the United States or any country where the
Company has a subsidiary, joint venture or other entity controlled by the
Company, prior to June 7, 2001. Mr. Picow and the Company have agreed that,
effective upon the consummation of the Offerings, the foregoing agreement (other
than such non-compete and certain other provisions thereof) will be terminated,
in consideration for which Mr. Picow will receive approximately $106,000.
 
     The Company's Philadelphia, Pennsylvania operations center is leased from
Robert Picow and his wife at a monthly rental of $7,500. The Company believes
that the terms of such leases are no less favorable to the Company than the
terms of similar transactions available from an unrelated party.
 
     The Company utilizes the services of a third party for the purchase of
corporate gifts, promotional items and standard and personalized corporate
stationery. Mrs. Judy Laikin, the mother of Robert J. Laikin, owns this
advertising specialty company. For the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997, the Company purchased approximately $245,000 and
$228,000, respectively, of services and products from this party. The Company
believes these purchases by the Company were made on terms no less favorable
than could be made from an unrelated party.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100 million shares
of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and one million shares of preferred
stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). At July 14, 1997, the
Company had 22,318,490 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding, held of
record by approximately 125 stockholders, and no shares of Preferred Stock
issued and outstanding.
 
     The following description of the capital stock of the Company and certain
provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the
"Certificate of Incorporation"), and its Amended and Restated By-laws (the
"By-laws") is a summary and is qualified in it entirety by the Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws, copies of which are exhibits to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     Except as required by law, holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote
for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders
of Common Stock. The holders of Common Stock are not entitled to cumulative
voting rights with respect to the election of directors. Subject to preferences
that may be applicable to any then outstanding Preferred Stock, holders of
Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared
by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event
of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of the
Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment
of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding Preferred
Stock. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights and have no right to
convert their Common Stock into any other securities. There are no redemption or
sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All outstanding shares
of Common Stock are, and the Common Stock to be outstanding upon consummation of
the Offerings will be, fully paid and nonassessable. The Board of Directors may
issue additional authorized shares of Common Stock without further action by the
stockholders.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the
stockholders, to issue up to one million shares of Preferred Stock in one or
more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions
thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of
redemption, liquidation preferences, and the number of shares constituting any
series or the designation of such series. The issuance of
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   47
 
Preferred Stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of Common
Stock and could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change
in control of the Company. The Company has no present plan to issue any shares
of Preferred Stock other than as it may be issued in connection with the
Stockholders Rights Plan described below. See "-- Anti-takeover Effects of
Certain Provisions of the Company's By-laws, Stockholders Rights Plan and
Delaware Corporate Law."
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S
BY-LAWS, STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS PLAN AND DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW
 
     CERTAIN BY-LAW PROVISIONS. The Company's By-laws contain provisions that
could make more difficult the acquisition of control of the Company by various
means, such as a tender offer, open market purchases, a proxy contest or
otherwise. For instance, the Company's Board of Directors is divided into three
classes, as nearly equal in number as is reasonably possible, serving staggered
terms. One class of directors is elected at each annual meeting to serve a term
of three years. At least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one,
will be required to effect a change in a majority of the Company's Board of
Directors. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders may only be called
by a majority of the Board of Directors or the President of the Company, and the
Company's By-laws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder
proposals for annual or special meetings. Amendments to the staggered board
provision require a two-thirds vote of stockholders. The purposes of these
provisions are to discourage certain types of transactions which may involve an
actual or threatened change of control of the Company and encourage persons
seeking to acquire control of the Company to consult first with the Board of
Directors to negotiate the terms of any proposed business combination or offer.
The provisions are designed to reduce the vulnerability of the Company to an
unsolicited proposal for a takeover that does not contemplate the acquisition of
all outstanding shares or is otherwise unfair to stockholders of the Company, or
an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of the
Company.
 
     STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS PLAN. In February 1997, the Company adopted a
Stockholders Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase
right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock. The dividend was
paid to holders of record of Common Stock as of the close of business on
February 20, 1997 (the "Record Date"). Each Right entitles the registered holder
to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred
Shares"), of the Company at a price of $115 per one one-thousandth of a
Preferred Share (the "Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment in certain
circumstances. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights
Agreement (the "Rights Agreement") between the Company and Continental Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent"). A copy of the
Rights Agreement, which includes as Exhibit B the form of Rights Certificate and
as Exhibit C the Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares, is an exhibit
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
     Rights are evidenced by and are transferable only in connection with the
Common Stock certificates outstanding prior to the Distribution Date (as defined
below). As soon as practical following the earlier to occur of (i) ten days
after a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated
persons (an "Acquiring Person") have acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or
more of the outstanding Common Stock or (ii) ten business days (or such later
date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time
as any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person) after the commencement of,
or announcement of an intention to commence, a tender or exchange offer the
consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or
group of 15% or more of the outstanding Common Stock (the "Distribution Date"),
separate certificates evidencing the Rights ("Right Certificates") will be
mailed to holders of record of the Common Stock as of the close of business on
the Distribution Date and such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence
the Rights.
 
     The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date and will expire
on February 20, 2007, unless extended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed
or exchanged by the Company, as described below. The Rights, the Purchase Price,
and the number of Preferred Shares or other securities or property issuable upon
exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent
dilution.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   48
 
     Preferred Shares will not be redeemable. Each Preferred Share will be
entitled to a minimum preferential quarterly dividend payment of $1.00 per share
but will be entitled to an aggregate dividend of 1,000 times the dividend
declared per share of Common Stock. In the event of liquidation, the holders of
the Preferred Shares will be entitled to a minimum preferential liquidation
payment of $1.00 per share but will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 1,000
times the payment made per share of Common Stock. Each Preferred Share will have
1,000 votes, voting together with the Common Stock. Finally, in the event of any
merger, consolidation or other transaction in which shares of Common Stock are
exchanged, each Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 1,000 times the
amount received per share of Common Stock.
 
     In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons
becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right, other than Rights
beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person or its affiliate, associate or
transferee (which will thereafter be void), will thereafter have the right to
receive that number of shares of Common Stock having a market value of two times
the exercise price of the Right. In the event that the Company is acquired in a
merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its
consolidated assets or earning power are sold after a person or group has become
an Acquiring Person in a transaction with such Acquiring Person or group, each
holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive that number of
shares of common stock of the acquiring company having a market value of two
times the exercise price of the Right. In each case, there are exceptions for
transactions that have received the prior approval of the Board of Directors.
 
     At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and prior
to the acquisition by such person or group of 50% or more of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock, the Board of Directors of the Company may exchange the
Rights (other than Rights owned by such person or group which will have become
void), in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock
per Right (subject to adjustment). At any time prior to any person or group
becoming an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem
all of the outstanding Rights at a price of $.01 per Right, payable in cash or
Common Stock (the "Redemption Price").
 
     All of the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the Company
prior to the Distribution Date. After the Distribution Date, the provisions of
the Rights Agreement may not be amended in any manner which would adversely
affect the interests of the holders of the Rights (excluding the interests of an
Acquiring Person).
 
     DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW.  The Company is subject to certain
anti-takeover provisions under Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law. In general, under Section 203, a Delaware corporation may not engage in any
business combination with any interested stockholder (a person that owns,
directly or indirectly, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a
corporation or is an affiliate or associate of a corporation and was the owner
of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time
within the prior three years), for a period of three years following the date
such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such date
the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business
combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, or (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, or (iii) on or subsequent to
such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and
authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written
consent, by at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned
by the interested stockholder. The restrictions imposed by Section 203 will not
apply to a corporation if the corporation's original certificate of
incorporation contains a provision expressly electing not to be governed by this
section or the corporation by action of its stockholders adopts an amendment to
its certificate of incorporation or by-laws expressly electing not to be
governed by Section 203. The Company has not elected out of Section 203, and
thus the restrictions imposed by Section 203 apply to the Company. Such
provision could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a
takeover of the Company, which could otherwise be in the best interest of the
Company's stockholders, and have an adverse effect on the market price for the
Company's Common Stock.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   49
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
     The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is Continental Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York.
 
              SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market, or the
perception that such sales could occur, could depress the prevailing market
price of the Common Stock.
 
     Upon completion of the Offerings, 22,113,652 shares of Common Stock will be
freely tradeable. All other outstanding shares of Common Stock were issued by
the Company in private transactions not involving a public offering, are treated
as "restricted securities" for purposes of Rule 144, and may not be resold
unless they are registered under the Securities Act or are resold pursuant to an
exemption from registration, including the exemption provided under Rule 144 of
the Securities Act.
 
     In general, Rule 144, as currently in effect, provides that a person (or
persons whose sales are aggregated) who is an affiliate of the Company or who
has beneficially owned shares which are issued and sold in reliance upon
exemptions from registration under the Securities Act ("Restricted Shares") for
at least one year is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of
Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume in the shares of Common Stock
during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice of the sale is
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Sales
under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice
requirements and the availability of current public information about the
Company. However, a person who is not deemed to have been an "affiliate" of the
Company at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least two years, would be entitled
to sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to volume limitations, manner
of sale provisions, notice requirements or the availability of current public
information about the Company.
 
     The Company, the executive officers and directors of the Company, and the
Selling Stockholders have, subject to certain exceptions, agreed that they will
not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale
of, or otherwise dispose of, any capital stock of the Company or any security
convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for, such capital stock, or, in
the case of the Company, file any registration statement with respect to the
foregoing, for a period of 120 days after the date of this Prospectus, without
the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
and Merrill Lynch International. The Company has filed registration statements
under the Securities Act registering an aggregate of 1,179,923 shares of Common
Stock reserved for issuance in connection with outstanding options and options
available for future grant under the 1994 Plan and the Directors Plan (of which,
as of July 10, 1997, options to purchase 352,885 shares were immediately
exercisable) and 24,140 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance in
connection with outstanding warrants, thus permitting the resale of such shares
by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities
Act. In addition, the Company intends to file registration statements under the
Securities Act registering shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance in
connection with the balance of the options outstanding and available for future
grant under the Company's Stock Option Plans. Options to acquire an aggregate of
976,644 shares of Common Stock under the 1994 Plan and the Directors Plan and
warrants to acquire 24,140 shares of Common Stock remained outstanding as of
July 10, 1997.
 
     In addition, commencing 30 days following the date of this Prospectus, a
stockholder, who is also an employee, of the Company may require the Company to
file a registration statement relating to 375,000 shares of Common Stock owned
by such stockholder and to take such reasonable steps necessary to cause the
registration statement to be declared effective. Such stockholder has agreed
that he will not sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or
otherwise dispose of 187,500 of such shares for a period of 120 days following
the consummation of the Offerings; provided, however, that if, subsequent to
exercise of the demand registration right by the stockholder, the registration
statement relating to the stockholder's 375,000 shares of Common Stock is not
declared effective by five days prior to the public announcement of the
Company's
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   50
 
financial results for the three months ended September 30, 1997, he may, subject
to applicable securities laws, sell up to 187,500 shares of Common Stock
commencing the day following the public announcement of the Company's financial
results for the three months ended September 30, 1997.
 
                 CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
                          TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
     The following is a general discussion of certain United States Federal tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of Common Stock by a
holder that, for United States Federal income tax purposes, is not a "United
States person" (a "Non-United States Holder"). This discussion is based upon the
United States Federal tax law now in effect, which is subject to change,
possibly retroactively. For purposes of this discussion, a "United States
person" means a citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation,
partnership, or other entity created or organized in the United States or under
the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof; an estate
whose income is includible in gross income for United States Federal income tax
purposes regardless of its source; or a "United States Trust". A United States
Trust is (a) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996, or if the
trustee of a trust elects to apply the following definition to an earlier
taxable year, any trust if, and only if, (i) a court within the United States is
able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and
(ii) one or more United States trustees have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust, and (b) for all other taxable years, any
trust whose income is includible in gross income for United States Federal
income tax purposes regardless of its source. This discussion does not consider
any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular Non-United
States Holder. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors
regarding the United States Federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and
disposing of Common Stock, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under
the laws of any foreign, state, local, or other taxing jurisdiction.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     Dividends paid to a Non-United States Holder will generally be subject to
withholding of United States Federal income tax at the rate of 30% unless the
dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within
the United States by the Non-United States Holder (or if certain tax treaties
apply, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by
such Non-United States Holder), in which case the dividend will be subject to
the United States Federal income tax on net income on the same basis that
applies to United States persons generally. In the case of a Non-United States
Holder which is a corporation, such effectively connected income also may be
subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a foreign
corporation on the repatriation from the United States of effectively connected
earnings and profits). Non-United States Holders should consult any applicable
income tax treaties that may provide for a lower rate of withholding or other
rules different from those described above. A Non-United States Holder may be
required to satisfy certain certification requirements in order to claim treaty
benefits or otherwise claim a reduction of or exemption from withholding under
the foregoing rules.
 
GAIN ON DISPOSITION
 
     A Non-United States Holder will generally not be subject to United States
Federal income tax on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of Common
Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
or business within the United States by the Non-United States Holder or, if tax
treaties apply, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment
maintained by the Non-United States Holder, (ii) in the case of a Non-United
States Holder who is a nonresident alien individual and holds the Common Stock
as a capital asset, such holder is present in the United States for 183 or more
days in the taxable year of disposition or either such individual has a "tax
home" in the United States or the gain is attributable to an office or other
fixed place of business maintained by such individual in the United States,
(iii) the Company is or has been a "United States real property holding
corporation" for United States Federal income tax purposes (which the Company
does not believe that it is or likely to become) and the Non-United States
Holder holds or has held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the
five-year period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of the Common
Stock or (iv) the Non-United States Holder
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   51
 
is subject to tax pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
provisions applicable to certain United States expatriates. Gain that is
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United
States by the Non-United States Holder will be subject to the United States
Federal income tax on net income on the same basis that applies to United States
persons generally (and, with respect to corporate holders, under certain
circumstances, the branch profits tax) but will not be subject to withholding.
Non-United States Holders should consult any applicable treaties that may
provide for different rules.
 
FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES
 
     Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a
citizen or resident of the United States at the date of death will be included
in such individual's estate for United States Federal estate tax purposes,
unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
     The Company must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to
each Non-United States Holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax
withheld with respect to, such holder, regardless of whether any tax was
actually withheld. This information may also be made available to the tax
authorities of a country in which the Non-United States Holder resides.
 
     Under the temporary United States Treasury regulations, United States
information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax will generally not
apply to dividends paid on the Common Stock to a Non-United States Holder.
Payments by a United States office of a broker of the proceeds of a sale of
Common Stock are subject to both backup withholding at a rate of 31% and
information reporting unless the holder certifies its Non-United States Holder
status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will also apply
to payments of the proceeds of sales of Common Stock by foreign offices of
United States brokers, or foreign brokers with certain types of relationships to
the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records
that the holder is a Non-United States Holder and certain other conditions are
met, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
     Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules will be refunded or credited against the Non-United
States Holder's United States Federal income tax liability, provided that the
required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
     These information reporting and backup withholding rules are under review
by the United States Treasury and their application to the Common Stock could be
changed by future regulations. On April 22, 1996, proposed Treasury Regulations
were published in the Federal Register concerning the withholding of tax and
reporting for certain amounts paid to non-resident individuals and foreign
corporations. The proposed Treasury Regulations, if adopted in their present
form, would be effective for payments made after December 31, 1997. Prospective
investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the potential adoption of
such proposed Treasury Regulations and the potential effect on their ownership
of Common Stock.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   52
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement (the
"U.S. Purchase Agreement") among the Company, each of the Selling Stockholders
and each of the underwriters named below (the "U.S. Underwriters"), and
concurrently with the sale of 800,000 shares of Common Stock to the
International Managers (as defined below), the Company and the Selling
Stockholders have agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters, and each of the U.S.
Underwriters severally has agreed to purchase from the Company and the Selling
Stockholders, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name
below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER
                     U.S. UNDERWRITERS                          OF SHARES
                     -----------------                          ---------
<S>                                                             <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
             Incorporated...................................
Cowen & Company.............................................
UBS Securities LLC..........................................
Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd...................................
 
                                                                ---------
             Total..........................................    3,200,000
                                                                =========
</TABLE>
 
     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), Cowen
& Company, UBS Securities LLC and Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd. are acting as
representatives (the "U.S. Representatives") of the U.S. Underwriters.
 
     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have also entered into a purchase
agreement (the "International Purchase Agreement" and, together with the U.S.
Purchase Agreement, (the "Purchase Agreements") with certain underwriters
outside the United States and Canada (collectively, the "International
Managers," and together with the U.S. Underwriters, the "Underwriters"), for
whom Merrill Lynch International, Cowen International L.P., UBS Limited and
Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd. are acting as representatives (the "International
Representatives" and, together with the U.S. Representatives, the
"Representatives"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
International Purchase Agreement, and concurrently with the sale of 3,200,000
shares of Common Stock to the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Purchase
Agreement, the Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to the
International Managers, and the International Managers have severally agreed to
purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, an aggregate of 800,000
shares of Common Stock. The public offering price per share of Common Stock and
the underwriting discount per share of Common Stock are identical under the U.S.
Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement. The respective
percentages of the Common Stock to be sold by each of the Company and the
Selling Stockholders will be identical in the U.S. Offering and the
International Offering.
 
     In the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement,
the several U.S. Underwriters and the several International Managers,
respectively, have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
each such agreement if any of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
such agreement are purchased. Under certain circumstances involving a default by
an Underwriter, the commitments of non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters or
International Managers (as the case may be) may be increased or the U.S.
Purchase Agreement or the International Purchase Agreement (as the case may be)
may be terminated. The sale of Common Stock to the U.S. Underwriters is
conditioned upon the sale of Common Stock to the International Managers and vice
versa.
 
     The U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") providing for the
coordination of their activities. The Underwriters are
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   53
 
permitted to sell shares of Common Stock to each other for purposes of resale at
the initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling
concession. Under the terms of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S.
Underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common Stock will not
offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to persons who are non-United
States or non-Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to
persons who are non-United States or non-Canadian persons, and the International
Managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer
to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to U.S. persons or to Canadian persons or
to persons they believe intend to resell to United States persons or Canadian
persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant to the Intersyndicate
Agreement.
 
     The U.S. Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling
Stockholders that the U.S. Underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of
Common Stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus, and to certain selected dealers at such price less a
concession not in excess of $          per share. The U.S. Underwriters may
allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $          per
share on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
 
     The Company has granted an option to the U.S. Underwriters, exercisable
within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate
of 480,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting discount. The
U.S. Underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments, if
any, made on the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. To the
extent that the U.S. Underwriters exercise this option, each U.S. Underwriter
will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of
additional shares of Common Stock proportionate to such U.S. Underwriter's
initial amount reflected in the foregoing table. The Company has also granted an
option to the International Managers, exercisable within 30 days after the date
of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 120,000 additional shares
of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, on terms similar to those
granted to the U.S. Underwriters. If purchased, the Underwriters will offer such
additional shares on the same terms as those on which the 4,000,000 shares are
being offered.
 
     The Company, its executive officers and directors, and the Selling
Stockholders have, subject to certain exceptions, agreed that they will not for
a period of 120 days from the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written
consent of Merrill Lynch and Merrill Lynch International, directly or
indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise
dispose of, any capital stock of the Company or any security convertible or
exchangeable into, or exercisable for, such capital stock, or, in the case of
the Company, file any registration statement (other than registration statements
on Form S-8 relating to employee stock option plans and the registration
statement relating to 375,000 shares of Common Stock owned by a stockholder and
an employee of the Company pursuant to the terms of his outstanding registration
rights) with respect to any of the foregoing, except that the Company may,
without such consent, issue options pursuant to the Stock Option Plans and
shares of Common Stock upon exercise of options issued pursuant to the Stock
Option Plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Registration Rights."
 
     In connection with the Offerings, certain Underwriters or their respective
affiliates and selling group members (if any) who are qualified market makers on
the Nasdaq National Market may engage in "passive market making" in the Common
Stock on the Nasdaq National Market in accordance with Rule 103 under Regulation
M. Rule 103 permits, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, underwriters
and selling group members participating in a distribution that are also Nasdaq
National Market market makers in the security being distributed to engage in
limited market making transactions during the period when Rule 103 under
Regulation M would otherwise prohibit such activity. Rule 103 prohibits
underwriters and selling group members engaged in passive market making
generally from entering a bid or effecting a purchase at a price that exceeds
the highest bid for those securities displayed on the Nasdaq National Market by
a market maker that is not participating in the distribution. Under Rule 103,
each underwriter or selling group member engaged in passive market making is
subject to a daily net purchase limitation equal to 30% of such entity's average
daily trading volume during the two full consecutive calendar months immediately
preceding the date of the filing of the registration statement under the
Securities Act pertaining to the security to be distributed.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   54
 
     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under
the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.
 
     In connection with the Offerings, the Underwriters may engage in certain
transactions which stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the
Common Stock. Such transactions may include the purchase of shares of Common
Stock in the open market to cover short positions created by over-allotments or
to stabilize the price of the Common Stock. In general, purchases of a security
for the purpose of stabilization or to reduce a short position could cause the
price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of such
purchases. Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters make any
representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that
the transactions described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In
addition, neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters make any
representation that the Underwriters will engage in such transactions or that
such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
     Steven B. Sands, the Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sands
Brothers & Co., Ltd., one of the Representatives, has been a member of the
Company's Board of Directors since the Company's initial public offering in
April 1994. In addition, in connection with the Company's initial public
offering, Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd. received warrants to purchase an aggregate
of 468,750 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.30 per share, of
which warrants to purchase 467,579 shares have been exercised.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby are being passed upon for the Company by Tenzer Greenblatt
LLP, New York, New York. A partner of Tenzer Greenblatt LLP holds options to
purchase 9,375 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.40 per share.
Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois, is acting as counsel for the
Underwriters in connection with certain legal matters relating to the sale of
the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The Consolidated Financial Statements and schedule of the Company as of
December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1996 appearing in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration
Statement (as defined herein), have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere
herein, which, as to the years 1995 and 1994, is based in part on the reports of
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent auditors. The financial statements and
schedule referred to above are included in reliance upon such reports given upon
the authority of said firms as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-3 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the
Common Stock registered hereunder. As used herein, the term "Registration
Statement" means the initial Registration Statement and any and all amendments
thereto. This Prospectus omits certain information contained in said
Registration Statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the
Commission. For further information with respect to the Company and the Common
Stock registered hereunder, reference is made to the Registration Statement,
including the exhibits thereto. Statements herein concerning the contents of any
contract or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance
reference is made to such contract or other documents filed with the Commission
as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, or otherwise, each such statement
being qualified by and subject to such reference in all respects.
 
     The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance
therewith files reports and other information with the
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   55
 
Commission. Reports, registration statements, proxy statements, and other
information filed by the Company with the Commission can be inspected and copied
at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Judiciary
Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W. Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the
Commission's Regional Offices: 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048. Copies of
such materials can be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C.
20549. Such reports and other information, including the Registration Statement
and the exhibits and schedules thereto, are also available on the Commission's
Web Site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
     The following documents filed by the Company with the Commission are
incorporated herein by reference:
 
     (a) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996;
and
 
     (b) Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1996;
 
     (c) Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three-month period ended March
31, 1997; and
 
     (d) The description of the Company's Common Stock contained in the
Company's Registration Statement on Form 8A declared effective April 7, 1994 and
any amendments thereto.
 
     All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination of the Offerings shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference
herein and to be a part hereof on the date of filing of such documents.
 
     The Company will furnish without charge to each person to whom this
Prospectus is delivered, on the written or oral request of such person, a copy
of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference, except for the
exhibits to such documents. Requests should be directed to Mr. Phillip A.
Bounsall, Brightpoint, Inc., 6402 Corporate Drive, Indianapolis, Indiana 46278,
telephone: (317) 297-6100.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   56
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PAGE
                                                                ----
<S>                                                             <C>
Report of Independent Auditors..............................    F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the six-month
  periods ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)..........    F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and
  1996, and as of June 30, 1997 (unaudited).................    F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
  years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the
  six-month period ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited)..........    F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the six-month
  periods ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)..........    F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................    F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   57
 
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Brightpoint, Inc.
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Brightpoint, Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated
statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the
1995 and 1994 financial statements of Allied Communications, which are included
in the consolidated financial statements, which statements reflect total assets
constituting 33% in 1995, and net sales constituting 36% in 1995 and 45% in 1994
of the related consolidated totals. Those statements were audited by other
auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it
relates to data included for Allied Communications, is based solely on the
report of the other auditors.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the
financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the consolidated financial position of Brightpoint, Inc. at December 31, 1996
and 1995, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Indianapolis, Indiana
January 28, 1997
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   58
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                 (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               JUNE 30,
                                          ------------------------------   -------------------------
                                            1994       1995       1996        1996          1997
                                            ----       ----       ----        ----          ----
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Net sales...............................  $309,227   $419,149   $589,718    $232,856      $419,196
Cost of sales...........................   290,463    390,950    543,878     216,446       385,180
                                          --------   --------   --------    --------      --------
Gross profit............................    18,764     28,199     45,840      16,410        34,016
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses..............................    11,095     14,813     20,849       7,767        17,136
                                          --------   --------   --------    --------      --------
Income from operations..................     7,669     13,386     24,991       8,643        16,880
Merger expenses.........................        --         --      2,750       2,750            --
Net investment gain.....................        --         --         --          --         1,432
Interest expense, net...................       164      1,383      2,118         623         3,106
                                          --------   --------   --------    --------      --------
Income before income taxes and minority
  interest..............................     7,505     12,003     20,123       5,270        15,206
Income taxes............................     1,623      3,838      7,328       1,971         4,540
                                          --------   --------   --------    --------      --------
Income before minority interest.........     5,882      8,165     12,795       3,299        10,666
Minority interest in subsidiaries'
  earnings..............................        --         --      1,758          --           383
                                          --------   --------   --------    --------      --------
Net income..............................  $  5,882   $  8,165   $ 11,037    $  3,299      $ 10,283
                                          ========   ========   ========    ========      ========
Pro forma data (unaudited):
  Historical income before income
     taxes..............................  $  7,505   $ 12,003   $ 20,123    $  5,270
  Pro forma income taxes................     2,950      4,696      7,804       2,447
  Minority interest in subsidiaries'
     earnings...........................        --         --      1,758          --
                                          --------   --------   --------    --------
  Pro forma net income..................  $  4,555   $  7,307   $ 10,561    $  2,823      $ 10,283
                                          ========   ========   ========    ========      ========
  Pro forma net income excluding the
     after-tax effect of one-time merger
     expenses...........................  $  4,555   $  7,307   $ 12,622    $  4,884      $ 10,283
                                          ========   ========   ========    ========      ========
Net income per share:
  Historical............................                                                  $   0.44
                                                                                          ========
  Pro forma.............................  $   0.32   $   0.42   $   0.49    $   0.14      $   0.44
                                          ========   ========   ========    ========      ========
  Pro forma excluding the after-tax
     effect of one-time merger
     expenses...........................  $   0.32   $   0.42   $   0.58    $   0.23      $   0.44
                                          ========   ========   ========    ========      ========
  Weighted average common shares
     outstanding........................    14,276     17,226     21,594      20,809        23,159
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   59
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------    JUNE 30,
                                                                1995       1996        1997
                                                                ----       ----      --------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $    726   $ 14,255    $ 16,939
  Marketable securities.....................................        --     18,000          --
  Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful accounts
     of $691 in 1995, $1,115 in 1996 and $2,161 in 1997)....    57,288    113,119     119,343
  Inventories...............................................    56,313    112,916      98,729
  Other current assets......................................     2,220      8,422      10,355
                                                              --------   --------    --------
Total current assets........................................   116,547    266,712     245,366
Property and equipment, net.................................     2,934      8,207      16,806
Goodwill, net...............................................        --     15,232      19,312
Other assets................................................       306      8,894       4,673
                                                              --------   --------    --------
Total assets................................................  $119,787   $299,045    $286,157
                                                              ========   ========    ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................  $ 48,665   $123,231    $ 77,802
  Notes payable.............................................     5,663         --          --
                                                              --------   --------    --------
Total current liabilities...................................    54,328    123,231      77,802
Notes payable...............................................        --     79,564      97,501
Deferred taxes..............................................        48        330         330
Stockholder loans...........................................       554         --          --
Minority interest...........................................        --        938         289
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value:
     Authorized shares -- 1,000
     No shares issued or outstanding........................        --         --          --
  Common stock, $.01 par value:
     Authorized shares -- 100,000
     Issued and outstanding shares -- 19,894 in 1995, 21,636
       in 1996 and 22,318 in 1997...........................       199        216         223
  Additional paid-in capital................................    50,757     73,206      81,840
  Foreign currency translation adjustment...................        --         97         355
  Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax......        --      3,929          --
  Retained earnings.........................................    13,901     17,534      27,817
                                                              --------   --------    --------
Total stockholders' equity..................................    64,857     94,982     110,235
                                                              --------   --------    --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..................  $119,787   $299,045    $286,157
                                                              ========   ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   60
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL
                                          ---------------    PAID-IN               RETAINED
                                          SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL      OTHER    EARNINGS    TOTAL
                                          ------   ------   ----------    -----    --------    -----
<S>                                       <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>
Balance at January 1, 1994..............   9,891    $ 99     $    --     $    --   $ 3,386    $  3,485
  S corporation dividends...............      --      --          --          --    (1,161)     (1,161)
  Transfer of Brightpoint, Inc.
     undistributed S corporation
     earnings...........................      --      --       1,006          --    (1,006)         --
  Issuance of common stock..............   5,390      54      12,023          --        --      12,077
  Net income............................      --      --          --          --     5,882       5,882
                                          ------    ----     -------     -------   -------    --------
Balance at December 31, 1994............  15,281     153      13,029          --     7,101      20,283
  S corporation dividends...............      --      --          --          --    (1,365)     (1,365)
  Issuance of common stock..............   3,615      36      33,510          --        --      33,546
  Exercise of stock options and
     warrants...........................     998      10       2,942          --        --       2,952
  Tax benefit of exercise of stock
     options............................      --      --       1,276          --        --       1,276
  Net income............................      --      --          --          --     8,165       8,165
                                          ------    ----     -------     -------   -------    --------
Balance at December 31, 1995............  19,894     199      50,757          --    13,901      64,857
  S corporation dividends...............      --      --          --          --      (289)       (289)
  Transfer of Allied Communications
     undistributed S corporation
     earnings...........................      --      --       7,115          --    (7,115)         --
  Exercise of stock options and
     warrants...........................     992      10       5,939          --        --       5,949
  Tax benefit of exercise of stock
     options............................      --      --       1,302          --        --       1,302
  Common stock issued in connection with
     the purchase of Brightpoint
     International Ltd. ................     750       7       8,093          --        --       8,100
  Foreign currency translation
     adjustment.........................      --      --          --          97        --          97
  Unrealized gain on marketable
     securities, net of tax.............      --      --          --       3,929        --       3,929
  Net income............................      --      --          --          --    11,037      11,037
                                          ------    ----     -------     -------   -------    --------
Balance at December 31, 1996............  21,636     216      73,206       4,026    17,534      94,982
  Exercise of stock options.............     450       5       2,840          --        --       2,845
  Tax benefit of exercise of stock
     options............................      --      --       2,704          --        --       2,704
  Common stock issued in connection with
     the purchase of minority interests
     in Brightpoint China Limited,
     Brightpoint (UK) Limited and
     Brightpoint Australia Pty Ltd......     232       2       3,090          --        --       3,092
  Foreign currency translation
     adjustment.........................      --      --          --         258        --         258
  Change in unrealized gain on
     marketable securities, net of
     tax................................      --      --          --      (3,929)       --      (3,929)
  Net income............................      --      --          --          --    10,283      10,283
                                          ------    ----     -------     -------   -------    --------
Balance at June 30, 1997 (unaudited)....  22,318    $223     $81,840     $   355   $27,817    $110,235
                                          ======    ====     =======     =======   =======    ========
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   61
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                            --------------------------------   -------------------------
                                              1994        1995        1996        1996          1997
                                              ----        ----        ----        ----          ----
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income................................  $  5,882    $  8,165    $ 11,037    $  3,299      $ 10,283
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash used by operating activities:
     Minority interest....................        --          --       1,758          --           383
     Depreciation and amortization........       151         217       1,069         333         1,416
     Merger expenses......................        --          --       2,750       2,750            --
     Net investment gain..................        --          --          --          --        (1,432)
     Deferred taxes.......................        --          --         282          --            --
     Changes in operating assets and
       liabilities, net of effects from
       acquisitions:
          Accounts receivable.............   (21,648)    (15,776)    (43,989)    (16,500)       (4,063)
          Inventories.....................   (28,993)    (17,094)    (45,771)      2,454        15,717
          Other current assets............      (867)     (1,176)     (5,180)        205        (1,021)
          Accounts payable and accrued
            expenses......................    34,497      (7,536)     46,519     (13,352)      (44,247)
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------      --------
Net cash used by operating activities.....   (10,978)    (33,200)    (31,525)    (20,811)      (22,964)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures......................      (468)     (2,521)     (5,965)     (3,449)       (9,650)
Sales (purchases) of marketable
  securities..............................        --          --     (11,431)         --        18,528
Acquisition of Brightpoint International
  Ltd. ...................................        --          --      (5,000)         --            --
Acquisition of Hatadicorp Pty Ltd. .......        --          --        (912)         --            --
Acquisition of minority interests in
  Brightpoint China Limited, Brightpoint
  (UK) Limited and Brightpoint Australia
  Pty Ltd.................................        --          --          --          --        (1,522)
Acquisition of Telnic AB..................        --          --          --          --        (2,512)
Cash acquired in formation of Brightpoint
  International Ltd. .....................        --          --         352          --            --
Increase in other assets..................        --        (259)     (7,678)     (1,144)       (3,089)
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------      --------
Net cash provided (used) by investing
  activities..............................      (468)     (2,780)    (30,634)     (4,593)        1,755
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from notes payable...........     3,448         648      71,740      32,229        17,938
Proceeds from stock offering..............    12,189      33,546          --          --            --
Proceeds and tax benefit from exercise of
  stock options and warrants..............        --       4,228       7,255       1,356         5,549
Payments on long-term debt................    (4,015)         --          --          --            --
Proceeds from (payments on) stockholder
  loans...................................       842        (792)       (554)       (554)           --
Merger expenses...........................        --          --      (2,168)     (2,088)           --
S corporation distributions...............    (1,169)     (1,365)       (289)       (286)           --
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------      --------
Net cash provided by financing
  activities..............................    11,295      36,265      75,984      30,657        23,487
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
  and cash equivalents....................        --          --        (296)         --           406
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------      --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents.............................      (151)        285      13,529       5,253         2,684
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period..................................       592         441         726         726        14,255
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------      --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
  period..................................  $    441    $    726    $ 14,255    $  5,979      $ 16,939
                                            ========    ========    ========    ========      ========
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   62
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           (UNAUDITED WITH RESPECT TO INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
          AND FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997)
 
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     Brightpoint, Inc. (the Company) is a leading provider of distribution and
value-added logistics services to the wireless communications industry. The
Company provides its services to its customers, which include network operators,
manufacturers, agents, resellers, dealers and retailers, throughout the world.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company,
its wholly owned subsidiary, Brightpoint International Ltd. (see Note 2 --
Merger and Acquisitions), and Brightpoint International Ltd.'s subsidiaries.
Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
 
     On June 7, 1996, the Company completed a merger with Allied Communications,
Inc., Allied Communications of Florida, Inc., Allied Communications of Georgia,
Inc., Allied Communications of Illinois, Inc., and Allied Communications of
Puerto Rico, Inc. (Allied Communications), which were engaged in substantially
the same business as the Company. The transaction was accounted for using the
pooling-of-interests method and accordingly, the Company's financial statements
have been restated to reflect the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated
results of operations of both entities as if the merger had been in effect for
all periods presented.
 
     Pro forma net income per share for all periods presented is computed after
taking into consideration the 3,796,875 shares of the Company's common stock
that was exchanged for all of the outstanding common stock of Allied
Communications. Further information pertaining to the merger is presented in
Note 2 -- Merger and Acquisitions.
 
     There were no material differences between the accounting policies of the
Company and Allied Communications. Certain amounts in Allied Communications'
historical combined financial statements were reclassified to conform with the
presentation used by the Company.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Revenue is recognized when wireless communications equipment is shipped and
sold or when services have been rendered to customers.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when
purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of cash and
cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those
investments.
 
CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK
 
     Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable.
The accounts receivable balance, reflecting the Company's sources of
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   63
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK (CONTINUED)
revenue from wireless network operators, mass retailers and agent dealers, is
dispersed throughout the world, including Asia and the Pacific Rim, North
America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Latin America. The Company has no
customer which exceeded 10% of the Company's accounts receivable balance at
December 31, 1996. At June 30, 1997, accounts receivable from Success World
Limited, an exporter in Hong Kong, was $12.5 million and no other customer
balance exceeded 10%. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, product sales to
Success World Limited accounted for approximately 12% of the Company's net
sales. No other customer accounted for more than 5% of the Company's net sales
during the six months ended June 30, 1997. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers and provides credit in the normal course of
business to a large number of its customers. However, consistent with industry
practice, the Company generally requires no collateral from its customers. The
Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses; such losses have not
been significant and have been within management's expectations.
 
     The Company is dependent on third-party equipment manufacturers,
distributors and dealers for all of its supply of wireless communications
equipment. For the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June
30, 1997, the Company's three largest suppliers accounted for 51% and 65% of
product sales, respectively. The Company is dependent on the ability of its
suppliers to provide adequate products on a timely basis and on favorable
pricing terms. Although the Company believes that its relationships with its
suppliers are good, the loss of certain principal suppliers could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of wireless telephones and accessories and are stated
at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciation is computed by
the straight-line method using the estimated useful lives of the assets,
generally five to fifteen years. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost and
amortized over the lease term of the associated property. Maintenance and
repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
GOODWILL
 
     Goodwill represents the unamortized cost in excess of the fair value of the
net assets acquired in business combinations, and is amortized on a
straight-line basis over 30 years. The Company continually reviews the valuation
and amortization of goodwill.
 
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
     The FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121,
Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be
Disposed Of, which the Company adopted effective January 1, 1996. SFAS No. 121
requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles held and
used by the Company be reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. SFAS No. 121 also requires that long-lived assets and certain
identifiable intangibles held for sale, other than those related to discontinued
operations, be reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost
of disposal. Adoption of the Statement and its application during 1996 did not
have an impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   64
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INCOME TAXES
 
     Prior to April 14, 1994, the stockholders of the Company had elected under
Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code to include the income of the Company
in their own income for tax purposes. Accordingly, the Company was not subject
to federal and state income taxes until that date.
 
     Effective April 14, 1994, the Company's election under Subchapter S was
terminated. Concurrent with the termination, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which
requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the
difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities. These deferred taxes are measured by applying current tax laws. The
effect on 1994 net income of adopting the Statement was not material.
 
     Prior to June 7, 1996, the stockholders of Allied Communications had also
elected treatment under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. Concurrent
with the merger with Allied Communications on June 7, 1996, Allied
Communications' election under Subchapter S was terminated. At that time, the
Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting
for Income Taxes, for the Allied Communications' accounts. The effect on 1996
net income of adopting the Statement was not material.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
     Financial statements of Brightpoint International Ltd.'s subsidiaries are
translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date
for assets and liabilities and an average exchange rate for each period for
revenues, expenses, gains and losses. Translation adjustments are recorded as a
separate component of stockholders' equity since the local currency for each
subsidiary is, in all cases, its functional currency. Translation adjustments
have not been significant.
 
PRO FORMA INCOME TAXES
 
     The pro forma income tax amounts presented in the statements of income
represent an estimate of the income taxes that the Company and Allied
Communications would have incurred had they been tax paying entities for all
periods presented.
 
NET INCOME PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     Pro forma net income per share amounts are based on the weighted average
number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during
each period. Common share equivalents consist of shares of common stock issuable
upon exercise of outstanding stock options and stock warrants (see Note 7 --
Stockholders' Equity). Historical net income per share amounts are not presented
because such information is not meaningful.
 
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARD
 
     In February 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 128, Earnings per Share, which replaces the presentation of
primary earnings per share (EPS) with basic EPS and replaces fully diluted EPS
with diluted EPS. It also requires dual presentation of basic and diluted EPS on
the face of the income statement for all entities with complex capital
structures and requires a reconciliation of the components of the basic EPS
computation to the components of the diluted EPS computation. SFAS No. 128 is
effective for both interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 1997.
Earlier adoption is not permitted. Upon adoption, all prior-period EPS data
presented will be restated. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of SFAS
No. 128 to have a significant effect on EPS.
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   65
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
STOCK OPTIONS
 
     In 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. In accordance with SFAS No.
123, the Company uses the intrinsic value method to account for stock options,
consistent with the existing rules established by Accounting Principles Board
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Accordingly, no compensation
expense has been recognized for stock options granted to employees.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
financial information and with the instructions to Article 10 of Regulation S-X
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements.
 
     In the opinion of the Company, all adjustments (consisting of only normal
recurring accruals) considered necessary to present fairly the consolidated
financial position as of June 30, 1997 and the consolidated statements of
income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the six-month periods ended June
30, 1996 and 1997 have been included.
 
2. MERGER AND ACQUISITIONS
 
     On June 7, 1996, the Company completed a merger with Allied Communications
through the exchange of 3,796,875 shares of newly-issued Company common stock in
exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Allied Communications' common
stock. The merger was structured as a tax-free reorganization and was accounted
for using the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. In connection with the
merger, the Company recorded a nonrecurring charge of $2.75 million ($2.1
million net of tax) in the quarter ended June 30, 1996, for transaction costs,
including investment banking, legal, and accounting fees, and for estimated
costs associated with the merger. Net sales and net income for the Company and
Allied Communications prior to the combination are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED            THREE
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,        MONTHS ENDED
                                                                --------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                                  1994        1995          1996
                                                                  ----        ----      ------------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales
  Brightpoint, Inc..........................................    $169,268    $269,359      $ 87,662
  Allied Communications.....................................     139,959     149,790        25,298
                                                                --------    --------      --------
     Combined...............................................    $309,227    $419,149      $112,960
                                                                ========    ========      ========
Net income, giving effect to pro forma income taxes
  Brightpoint, Inc. ........................................    $  2,843    $  5,706      $  2,023
  Allied Communications.....................................       1,712       1,601           454
                                                                --------    --------      --------
     Combined...............................................    $  4,555    $  7,307      $  2,477
                                                                ========    ========      ========
</TABLE>
 
     On August 1, 1996, the Company completed the formation of Brightpoint
International Ltd., a joint venture with Technology Resources International
Limited. The Company maintained effective controlling interest in Brightpoint
International Ltd., and therefore the operations were consolidated for financial
reporting purposes.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   66
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. MERGER AND ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
     The Company owned 50% of Brightpoint International Ltd. until November
1996, when the Company acquired the remaining 50% of the subsidiary. The
combination was accounted for using the purchase method. The purchase price for
the remaining equity interest consisted of 750,000 unregistered shares of the
Company's common stock, valued at $8.1 million, and $5.0 million of cash. The
resulting goodwill of $12.6 million is being amortized over 30 years.
 
     On October 18, 1996, Brightpoint International Ltd. acquired the business
and operations of Hatadicorp Pty Ltd. (Hatadi) based in Sydney, Australia. The
newly-formed Brightpoint Australia Pty Ltd. is owned 80 percent by Brightpoint
International Ltd. and 20 percent by the former shareholders of Hatadi. The
combination was accounted for using the purchase method and the operations of
Brightpoint Australia Pty Ltd. are consolidated for financial reporting
purposes. The purchase price of $2.8 million was allocated principally to
goodwill which is being amortized over 30 years.
 
     In February 1997, the Company acquired the balance of ownership of its
majority-owned subsidiary, Brightpoint China Limited. The 20 percent minority
interest was owned by members of management of that subsidiary. The purchase
price for the remaining equity interest consisted of 96,775 of unregistered
shares of the Company's common stock, valued at $1.3 million, and $750,000 in
cash. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method. The resulting
goodwill of $1.6 million is being amortized over 30 years.
 
     Effective April 1, 1997, the Company announced that it had acquired the
balance of ownership of two of its majority-owned subsidiaries, Brightpoint (UK)
Limited and Brightpoint Australia Pty Ltd. The 20 percent minority interests
were owned by members of management of each of the respective subsidiaries. The
purchase price of the minority ownership interests consisted of approximately
135,470 of unregistered shares of the Company's common stock, valued at $1.8
million, and approximately $772,000 in cash. The acquisitions were accounted for
using the purchase method. The purchase price of approximately $2.6 million was
allocated principally to goodwill which is being amortized over 30 years.
 
     Effective April 1, 1997, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Brightpoint
Sweden AB, acquired the business and certain net assets of Telnic AB, a
distributor of wireless communications equipment located in Sweden. The purchase
price consisted of approximately $2.5 million in cash with an additional
$300,000 payable upon execution of a key contract and up to an additional $3.6
million depending upon the future financial performance of Brightpoint Sweden
AB. This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method and the
resulting goodwill was approximately $600,000 which is being amortized over 30
years.
 
     The impact of these acquisitions was not material in relation to the
Company's results of operations. Consequently, pro forma information is not
presented.
 
3. INVESTMENTS
 
     During the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company acquired 1,000,000 shares of
common stock of CellStar Corporation for investment purposes. CellStar
Corporation is engaged in substantially the same business as the Company. The
cost basis of this investment was $11.4 million and the fair value at December
31, 1996 (based on quoted market price) was $18.0 million. In accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain Debt
and Equity Securities, the Company classified the available-for-sale investment
as a current asset and reported it at fair value with the unrealized gain, net
of tax, classified as a separate component of stockholders' equity at December
31, 1996.
 
     In December 1996, the Company acquired 25 Series E convertible debentures
of Pocket Communications, Inc. (Pocket). Pocket is a privately-held company
offering wireless telecommunications services, specifically in the area of
Personal Communications Services (PCS). The price of each debenture was $200,000
resulting in a total investment of $5.0 million. Each debenture is convertible
into 25,000 shares of
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   67
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3. INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)
common stock of Pocket, resulting in 625,000 total convertible shares. The
debentures earn interest at a rate of 2.5% above Prime Rate (10.75% at December
31, 1996) and have a maturity date of December 12, 1998, at which time the
Company can demand repayment or exercise its conversion rights. Assuming
conversion, the Company's ownership interest in Pocket would approximate 1%.
This investment was carried at cost and classified in other assets at December
31, 1996. There is no quoted market price for this investment. However, because
the instrument was acquired in late 1996 and no events had occurred that would
significantly impact the value of the instrument, the cost of the investment at
December 31, 1996 was assumed to approximate fair value.
 
     During the first quarter of 1997, the Company realized a gain on the sale
of its investment in CellStar Corporation. The gain, net of transaction costs,
including related bonuses to certain key employees, was approximately $8.3
million. In addition, on March 31, 1997, Pocket filed for protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the Company recorded $6.9
million of losses on its investments in Pocket and two smaller equity
investments. Excluding the impact of the resulting net investment gain of $1.4
million and related income taxes, net income per share for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 would have been $0.41.
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     The components of property and equipment are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------    JUNE 30,
                                                               1995     1996       1997
                                                               ----     ----     --------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Furniture and equipment.....................................  $  964   $2,065     $ 4,042
Information systems equipment and software..................   1,985    5,917      12,307
Leasehold improvements......................................     495    1,450       2,826
                                                              ------   ------     -------
                                                               3,444    9,432      19,175
Less accumulated depreciation...............................     510    1,225       2,369
                                                              ------   ------     -------
Net property and equipment..................................  $2,934   $8,207     $16,806
                                                              ======   ======     =======
</TABLE>
 
5. NOTES PAYABLE
 
     On June 24, 1997, the Company entered into a new $200 million five-year
senior secured revolving line of credit facility with The First National Bank of
Chicago and Bank One, Indiana, N.A., as co-agents for a group of banks
(collectively, the "Banks"). The new credit facility has replaced the Company's
two previous bank credit facilities of up to $125 million in the aggregate. The
new credit facility matures in June 2002 and generally bears interest, at the
Company's option, at (i) the greater of The First National Bank of Chicago's
corporate base rate and 0.50% plus the Federal funds effective rate (the "Base
Rate") or (ii) the rate at which deposits in United States dollars or
Eurocurrencies are offered by The First National Bank of Chicago to first-class
banks in the London interbank market plus a spread ranging from 40 to 112.5
basis points (based on the Company's leverage ratio) plus a spread reserve, if
any. Borrowings by the Company's non-United States subsidiaries will bear
interest at rates negotiated with the applicable lenders. Under the new line of
credit, at June 30, 1997, there was $97.5 million outstanding, an aggregate of
$15.6 million in letters of credit outstanding and $86.9 million of credit
remaining available.
 
     All of the Company's assets located in the United States and 65% of the
capital stock of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are pledged to the Banks as
collateral, and the Company is substantially prohibited from incurring
additional indebtedness. In addition to certain net worth and other financial
covenants, the
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   68
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
Company's loan agreement with the Banks limits or prohibits the Company, subject
to certain exceptions, from declaring or paying cash dividends, making capital
distributions or other payments to stockholders, merging or consolidating with
another corporation or selling all or substantially all of its assets.
 
     At December 31, 1996, the Company had a $75 million credit agreement with
Bank One, Indiana, N.A., as agent for a group of banks. On January 28, 1997, the
Company amended its credit agreement with Bank One to increase available
borrowings to $100 million. In addition, at December 31, 1996, Brightpoint
International Ltd. had a $25 million line of credit with The First National Bank
of Chicago to provide capital for the Company's international operating
divisions. Borrowings on the Bank One credit agreement and The First National
Bank of Chicago line of credit were $56.0 million and $21.6 million at December
31, 1996, respectively.
 
     At December 31, 1996, the Company was in compliance with the covenants in
its credit agreements. Interest payments for 1994, 1995, and 1996 were
approximately $277,000, $1,525,000 and $1,556,000, respectively. The carrying
amount of the Company's borrowings under its variable-rate lines of credit
approximates fair value.
 
     At December 31, 1995, outstanding debt of $5.7 million was classified as a
current liability and consisted primarily of a note payable with Bank One that
had a current maturity schedule.
 
6. INCOME TAXES
 
     For financial reporting purposes, income before income taxes and minority
interest, by tax jurisdiction, is comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             JUNE 30,
                               --------------------------   -------------------------
                                1994     1995      1996        1996          1997
                                ----     ----      ----        ----          ----
                                                            (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                            <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
United States................  $7,505   $12,003   $13,706     $5,270        $ 6,404
Foreign......................      --        --     6,417         --          8,802
                               ------   -------   -------     ------        -------
                               $7,505   $12,003   $20,123     $5,270        $15,206
                               ======   =======   =======     ======        =======
</TABLE>
 
     The pro forma provision for income taxes represents the estimated income
taxes that would have been reported had the Company been subject to income taxes
for each of the periods presented. In 1994 and 1995, the pro forma income tax
expense is comprised of a provision for federal income taxes at the statutory
rate plus a state income tax provision, net of federal income tax benefit. No
other items materially impact the pro forma income tax expense during those two
years. Due to the significance of the Subchapter S earnings (of both the Company
and Allied Communications) during 1994 and 1995, a reconciliation of historical
income tax expense is not presented as it would not be meaningful.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   69
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
     The reconciliation of income tax expense for 1996 computed at the U.S.
federal statutory tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          HISTORICAL       PRO FORMA
                                                          ----------       ---------
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>
Tax at U.S. federal statutory rate......................     35.0%           35.0%
State and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal
  benefit...............................................      3.7             3.7
Allied Communications' Subchapter S earnings............     (2.5)             --
Non-deductible merger expenses..........................      1.7             1.7
Foreign sales corporation and foreign rates.............     (1.5)           (1.6)
                                                             ----            ----
                                                             36.4%           38.8%
                                                             ====            ====
</TABLE>
 
     For the six months ended June 30, 1997, the difference between the U.S.
Federal statutory rate and the Company's effective income tax rate is primarily
attributable to lower foreign sales corporation and foreign tax rates.
 
     Significant components of the historical and pro forma provision for income
taxes are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED)                        HISTORICAL
                                  --------------------------------       --------------------------------
                                   1994         1995         1996         1994         1995         1996
                                   ----         ----         ----         ----         ----         ----
<S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Current:
  Federal.......................  $2,590       $3,763       $4,758       $1,357       $3,028       $4,340
  State.........................     642        1,017        1,131          410          978        1,035
  Foreign.......................      --           --        2,184           --           --        2,184
                                  ------       ------       ------       ------       ------       ------
                                   3,232        4,780        8,073        1,767        4,006        7,559
Deferred:
  Federal.......................    (227)         (73)        (237)        (116)        (146)        (203)
  State.........................     (55)         (11)         (32)         (28)         (22)         (28)
                                  ------       ------       ------       ------       ------       ------
                                    (282)         (84)        (269)        (144)        (168)        (231)
                                  ------       ------       ------       ------       ------       ------
                                  $2,950       $4,696       $7,804       $1,623       $3,838       $7,328
                                  ======       ======       ======       ======       ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
     Components of the Company's deferred taxes are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                               1995      1996
                                                               ----      ----
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Capitalization of inventory costs.........................  $   204   $   612
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................      156       372
                                                              -------   -------
                                                                  360       984
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation..............................................      (48)     (330)
  Unrealized gain on marketable securities..................       --    (2,640)
                                                              -------   -------
                                                                  (48)   (2,970)
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              $   312   $(1,986)
                                                              =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   70
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
     Income tax payments were approximately $1,976,000, $1,931,000 and
$6,199,000 for 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     Undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign operations were
approximately $6.0 million at December 31, 1996. Those earnings are considered
to be indefinitely reinvested and accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and
state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes has been made. Upon distribution
of those earnings, the Company would be subject to U.S. income taxes (subject to
a reduction for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to the
various foreign countries. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred
U.S. income tax liability is not practicable; however, unrecognized foreign tax
credit carryovers would be available to reduce some portion of the U.S.
liability.
 
7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     The Company has declared the following stock splits which were effected in
the form of stock dividends:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECLARATION DATE   DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATE  SPLIT RATIO
- ----------------   ---------------------  -----------
<S>                <C>                    <C>
August 31, 1995    September 20, 1995       5 for 4
November 12, 1996  December 17, 1996        3 for 2
January 28, 1997   March 3, 1997            5 for 4
</TABLE>
 
     Accordingly, all references in the financial statements related to share
amounts, per share amounts, average shares outstanding and information
concerning stock option plans have been adjusted retroactively to reflect these
stock splits.
 
     In April 1994, the Company consummated the sale of 5.4 million shares
(including the underwriters' over-allotment option) of common stock for $2.67
per share in an initial public offering. In connection with the initial public
offering and the conversion of the Company from an S corporation to a C
corporation, the undistributed retained earnings generated while an S
corporation were transferred to additional paid-in capital.
 
     In October 1995, the Company consummated the sale of 3.6 million shares of
common stock (including the sale of 520,000 shares pursuant to the underwriters'
over-allotment option) at a price of $10.14 per share in a public offering. The
net proceeds were used to repay $10.3 million outstanding under its line of
credit and for working capital and general corporate purposes.
 
     On April 24, 1997, the stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of
shares of common stock from 25,000,000 to 100,000,000.
 
     In connection with the Allied merger completed in June 1996, Allied
Communications' Subchapter S election was terminated. Accordingly, the
undistributed retained earnings generated while Allied Communications were
Subchapter S corporations were transferred to additional paid-in capital.
 
     The Company has authorized 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock which remain
unissued. The Board of Directors has not yet determined the preferences,
qualifications, relative voting or other rights of the authorized shares of
preferred stock.
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     The Company has three fixed stock option plans which reserve shares of
common stock for issuance to executives, key employees and directors.
 
     In March 1994, the Company adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan whereby
employees of the Company and others are eligible to be granted incentive stock
options or non-qualified stock options. A total of 937,500
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   71
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
common shares were originally reserved for grant under the Plan. During 1995, an
amendment was approved which authorized an increase in shares reserved for
issuance to a total of 2,109,375 shares and, in April 1997, an amendment was
approved which authorized an increase in shares reserved for issuance to a total
of 4,100,000 shares. In October 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Stock Option
Plan whereby employees of the Company and others are eligible to be granted
non-qualified stock options. A total of 1,875,000 common shares were reserved
for grant under the Plan. For both Plans, a committee of the Board of Directors
determines the time or times at which the options will be granted, selects the
employees or others to whom options will be granted and determines the number of
shares covered by each option, purchase price, time of exercise (not to exceed
ten years from the date of the grant) and other terms.
 
     In March 1994, the Company adopted the Non-employee Directors Stock Option
Plan whereby non-employee directors are eligible to be granted non-qualified
stock options. A total of 234,375 shares were reserved for grant under the plan.
During 1995, an amendment was approved which authorized an increase in shares
reserved for issuance under the plan to 468,750 shares. Options to purchase
10,000 shares of common stock are granted to each newly elected non-employee
director and, on the first day of each year, each individual elected and
continuing as a non-employee director receives an option to purchase 4,000
shares of common stock.
 
     The exercise price of stock options granted may not be less than the fair
market value of a share of common stock on the date of the grant. Options become
exercisable in periods ranging from one to three years. Information regarding
these option plans for 1995 and 1996 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995                    1996
                                                      -----------   -------------------------------
                                                                                   WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                        SHARES         SHARES       EXERCISE PRICE
                                                        ------         ------      ----------------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>
Options outstanding, beginning of year..............    1,034,767      1,247,179        $ 5.71
Options granted.....................................      814,454      1,705,366         12.31
Options exercised...................................      594,228        344,183          4.76
Options canceled....................................        7,814         32,422         11.30
                                                      -----------   ------------
Options outstanding, end of year....................    1,247,179      2,575,940         10.13
                                                      ===========   ============
Option price range at end of year...................  $2.67-$8.90   $2.67-$19.20
Option price range for exercised shares.............  $2.67-$5.28   $2.67-$ 8.90
Options available for grant at year end.............                     927,028
Weighted average fair value of options granted
  during the year...................................                      $ 4.23
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes information about the fixed price stock
options outstanding at December 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               WEIGHTED
                            NUMBER             AVERAGE                                NUMBER
      RANGE OF          OUTSTANDING AT        REMAINING       WEIGHTED AVERAGE    EXERCISABLE AT     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
   EXERCISE PRICES     DECEMBER 31, 1996   CONTRACTUAL LIFE    EXERCISE PRICE    DECEMBER 31, 1996    EXERCISE PRICE
   ---------------     -----------------   ----------------   ----------------   -----------------   ----------------
<S>                    <C>                 <C>                <C>                <C>                 <C>
$ 2.67-$ 6.02........        270,937           3 years             $ 3.15             194,565             $2.67
$ 6.46-$ 8.90........        656,253           3 years             $ 7.37             375,002             $7.10
$10.00-$12.46........      1,565,625           5 years             $12.23                  --                --
$14.66-$19.20........         83,125           5 years             $15.27                  --                --
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   72
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
     Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is
required by SFAS No. 123, which also requires that the information be determined
as if the Company has accounted for its employee stock options granted
subsequent to December 31, 1994, under the fair value method as defined by that
Statement. The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant
using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions for 1995 and 1996: risk-free interest rate of 5.5%; a dividend yield
of 0.0%; volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company's common
stock of .51; and an expected life of the options of 1.99 years.
 
     The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in
estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions
and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the
input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price
volatility. Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in
management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.
 
     For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options and stock warrants, discussed below, are amortized to expense over the
related vesting period. Because compensation expense is recognized over the
vesting period, the initial impact on pro forma net income may not be
representative of compensation expense in future years, when the effect of
amortization of multiple awards would be reflected in the consolidated
statements of income. The Company's pro forma information giving effect to the
estimated compensation expense related to stock options and warrants is as
follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995     1996
                                                               ----     ----
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Pro forma net income(1).....................................  $6,336   $11,638
Pro forma earnings per share................................  $ 0.37   $  0.55
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Excluding the after-tax effect of one-time merger expenses.
 
STOCK WARRANTS
 
     In connection with the initial public offering, the Company issued warrants
to purchase up to 468,750 shares of common stock initially exercisable at $3.30
per share. During 1995 and 1996, substantially all of the warrants were
exercised.
 
     In January 1995, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 596,430
shares of common stock at $6.96 per share in connection with an agreement with
HSN Direct, Inc. During 1996, 573,461 of the warrants were exercised. The
remaining outstanding warrants are exercisable by the holders at any time until
January 16, 2000.
 
8. LEASE ARRANGEMENTS
 
     The Company leases certain furniture and equipment as well as its office
and warehouse/distribution space under operating leases.
 
     Total rent expense under all operating leases was $446,000, $540,000 and
$1,469,000 for 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   73
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8. LEASE ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     The aggregate future minimum payments on the above leases are as follows
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                  ------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>
       1997.................................................    $ 1,828
       1998.................................................      1,693
       1999.................................................      1,628
       2000.................................................      1,506
       2001.................................................      1,448
       Thereafter...........................................      7,075
                                                                -------
                                                                $15,178
                                                                =======
</TABLE>
 
9. GEOGRAPHIC OPERATIONS
 
     The Company operates in worldwide markets. Its business activities are
conducted in four divisions: Asia-Pacific; North America; Europe, Middle East
and Africa; and Latin America. A summary of the Company's operations by division
is presented below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     JUNE 30,
                                            --------------------------------       --------------------------
                                              1994        1995        1996            1996           1997
                                              ----        ----        ----            ----           ----
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
NET SALES:
Asia-Pacific............................    $     --    $  7,533    $127,629          $ 29,824       $183,611
North America...........................     252,262     269,730     287,377           155,884        129,526
Europe, Middle East and Africa..........      16,927      46,284      76,292             5,235         86,237
Latin America...........................      40,038      95,602      98,420            41,913         19,822
                                            --------    --------    --------          --------       --------
                                            $309,227    $419,149    $589,718          $232,856       $419,196
                                            ========    ========    ========          ========       ========
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY
  INTERESTS:
Asia-Pacific............................    $     --    $     --    $  5,135          $  1,827       $  8,225
North America...........................       6,533       9,265       7,113             1,758          4,938
Europe, Middle East and Africa..........          --          --       3,607               490            577
Latin America...........................         972       2,738       4,268             1,195          1,466
                                            --------    --------    --------          --------       --------
                                            $  7,505    $ 12,003    $ 20,123          $  5,270       $ 15,206
                                            ========    ========    ========          ========       ========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                       --------------------------------     JUNE 30,
                                                         1994        1995        1996         1997
                                                         ----        ----        ----       --------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS:
Asia-Pacific.......................................    $     --    $     --    $ 54,958     $ 85,479
North America......................................      72,118      92,465     126,003      118,580
Europe, Middle East and Africa.....................          --          --      44,451       46,329
Latin America......................................      10,727      27,322      73,633       35,769
                                                       --------    --------    --------     --------
                                                       $ 82,845    $119,787    $299,045     $286,157
                                                       ========    ========    ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   74
 
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
9. GEOGRAPHIC OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)

     For geographic reporting purposes only, net sales are recorded in the
region in which the customer is located. In 1994 and 1995, sales in the
Asia-Pacific and Europe, Middle East and Africa divisions were export sales from
North America operations. As a result, the Company has not allocated income
before income taxes and minority interest and identifiable assets to those
divisions in 1994 and 1995.
 
10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
     On January 1, 1996, the Company adopted an employee savings plan which
permits employees with at least one year of service to make contributions by
salary reduction pursuant to section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The
Company matches 25% of employee contributions, up to 6%, in Company common
stock. In connection with the required match, the Company's contribution to the
Plan was $56,400 in 1996.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   75




           [Map of world depicting locations of Brightpoint, Inc's
          World Headquarters, Operations Centers and Sales Centers]


            Serving the global wireless communications industry in
                   over 75 countries and on six continents.


[Picture of information systems                 [Picture of wireless handsets]
center in Brightpoint, Inc's
World Headquarters in 
Indianapolis, Indiana]

                                                [Picture of salesperson in 
                                                 Brightpoint, Inc's World
                                                 Headquarters in Indianapolis,
                                                 Indiana]
Brightpoint and design SM and 
Brightlink TM are the property
of the Company. All other                       [Picture of Brightpoint,
trademarks, tradenames                           Inc's Indianapolis, Indiana
and service marks used                           Operation's Center]
herein are the property
of their respective owners.



[Brightpoint, Inc. Logo]
<PAGE>   76
 
======================================================
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO
MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         PAGE
                                         ----
<S>                                      <C>
Prospectus Summary.....................    3
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements...........................    7
Risk Factors...........................    7
Use of Proceeds........................   15
Price Range of Common Stock............   15
Dividend Policy........................   16
Capitalization.........................   16
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...   17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...........................   19
Business...............................   27
Management.............................   35
Principal and Selling Stockholders.....   42
Certain Transactions...................   43
Description of Capital Stock...........   44
Shares Eligible for Future Sale;
  Registration Rights..................   47
Certain United States Federal Tax
  Consequences to Non-United States
  Holders..............................   48
Underwriting...........................   50
Legal Matters..........................   52
Experts................................   52
Available Information..................   52
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
  Reference............................   53
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements...........................  F-1
</TABLE>
 
======================================================
======================================================
 
                                4,000,000 SHARES
 
                                BRIGHTPOINT LOGO
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                          ---------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                          ---------------------------
 
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                                COWEN & COMPANY
                                 UBS SECURITIES
                           SANDS BROTHERS & CO., LTD.
                                          , 1997
 
======================================================
<PAGE>   77
 
     INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
     MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
     THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
     SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
                   [ALTERNATE INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS PAGE]
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
   
                  PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED AUGUST 6, 1997
    
PROSPECTUS
 
                                4,000,000 SHARES
 
                                BRIGHTPOINT LOGO
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                            ------------------------
 
    Of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock of Brightpoint, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company" or "Brightpoint"), being offered hereby, 1,800,000
shares are being offered by the Company and 2,200,000 shares are being offered
by certain stockholders of the Company (the "Selling Stockholders"). The Company
will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by
the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
    Of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 800,000 are being
offered initially outside the United States and Canada by the International
Managers (the "International Offering") and 3,200,000 shares are being offered
initially in a concurrent offering inside the United States and Canada by the
U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S. Offering," and together with the International
Offering, the "Offerings"). The public offering price and the underwriting
discount per share are identical for each of the Offerings. See "Underwriting."
 
    The Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"CELL." On July 14, 1997, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market was $30 1/4 per share. See "Price Range of Common
Stock."
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
                            ------------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
======================================================================================================================
                                                                                                     PROCEEDS TO
                                   PRICE               UNDERWRITING           PROCEEDS TO              SELLING
                                 TO PUBLIC             DISCOUNT(1)             COMPANY(2)            STOCKHOLDERS
<S>                        <C>                    <C>                    <C>                    <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share.................           $                      $                      $                      $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)..................           $                      $                      $                      $
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
    several Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain
    liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See
    "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offerings payable by the Company estimated
    to be $1,250,000. The Selling Stockholders will not be paying any expenses
    of the Offerings.
(3) The Company has granted an option to the International Managers, exercisable
    within 30 days of the date hereof, to purchase up to 120,000 additional
    shares of Common Stock and an option to the U.S. Underwriters, exercisable
    within 30 days of the date hereof, to purchase up to 480,000 additional
    shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such
    options are exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting
    Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $       , $       and $       ,
    respectively. See "Underwriting."
                            ------------------------
 
    The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject
to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters and
certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel
or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected
that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York
on or about        , 1997.
                            ------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
                COWEN INTERNATIONAL L.P.
                                 UBS LIMITED
                                              SANDS BROTHERS & CO., LTD.
                            ------------------------
 
              The date of this Prospectus is               , 1997.
<PAGE>   78
 
                   [ALTERNATE INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS PAGE]
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an international purchase
agreement (the "International Purchase Agreement") among the Company, each of
the Selling Stockholders and each of the underwriters named below (the
"International Managers"), and concurrently with the sale of 3,200,000 shares of
Common Stock to the U.S. Underwriters (as defined below), the Company and the
Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to the International Managers, and each
of the International Managers severally has agreed to purchase from the Company
and the Selling Stockholders, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth
opposite its name below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER OF
                   INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS                        SHARES
                   ----------------------                       ---------
<S>                                                             <C>
Merrill Lynch International.................................
Cowen International L.P.....................................
UBS Limited.................................................
Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd...................................
 
                                                                ---------
            Total...........................................      800,000
                                                                =========
</TABLE>
 
     Merrill Lynch International, Cowen International L.P., UBS Limited and
Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd. are acting as representatives (the "International
Representatives") of the International Managers.
 
     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have also entered into a purchase
agreement (the "U.S. Purchase Agreement") and, together with the International
Purchase Agreement, the "Purchase Agreements") with certain underwriters in the
United States and Canada (collectively, the "U.S. Underwriters," and together
with the International Managers, the "Underwriters"), for whom Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), Cowen & Company, UBS
Securities LLC and Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd. are acting as representatives (the
"U.S. Representatives" and, together with the International Representatives, the
"Representatives"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the U.S.
Purchase Agreement, and concurrently with the sale of 800,000 shares of Common
Stock to the International Managers pursuant to the International Purchase
Agreement, the Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to the
U.S. Underwriters, and the U.S. Underwriters have severally agreed to purchase
from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, an aggregate of 3,200,000 shares
of Common Stock. The public offering price per share of Common Stock and the
underwriting discount per share of Common Stock are identical under the
International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement. The respective
percentages of the Common Stock to be sold by each of the Company and the
Selling Stockholders will be identical in the U.S. Offering and the
International Offering.
 
     In the International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement,
the several International Managers and the several U.S. Underwriters,
respectively, have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
each such agreement if any of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
such agreement are purchased. Under certain circumstances involving a default by
an Underwriter, the commitments of non-defaulting International Managers or U.S.
Underwriters (as the case may be) may be increased or the International Purchase
Agreement or the U.S. Purchase Agreement (as the case may be) may be terminated.
The sale of Common Stock to the International Managers is conditioned upon the
sale of Common Stock to the U.S. Underwriters and vice versa.
 
     The International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") providing for the
coordination of their activities. The Underwriters are permitted to sell shares
of Common Stock to each other for purposes of resale at the initial public
offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling concession. Under
the terms of the Intersyndicate
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   79
 
                   [ALTERNATE INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS PAGE]
 
Agreement, the International Managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares of
Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to persons
who are United States or Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to
resell to persons who are United States or Canadian persons, and the U.S.
Underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common Stock will not
offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to non-United States persons or to
non-Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to non-United
States persons or non-Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions
pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement.
 
     The International Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling
Stockholders that the International Managers propose initially to offer the
shares of Common Stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain selected dealers at such price
less a concession not in excess of $     per share. The International Managers
may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $     per
share on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
 
     Each International Manager has agreed that (i) it has not offered or sold,
and will not for a period of six months following consummation of the Offerings
offer or sell, in the United Kingdom by means of any document, any shares of
Common Stock offered hereby, other than to persons whose ordinary activities
involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as
principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in
circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning
of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations of 1995; (ii) it has complied
with and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services
Act of 1986 with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Common Stock
in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom and (iii) it has only issued
or passed on and will only issue or pass on to any person in the United Kingdom
any document received by it in connection with the issue of the Common Stock if
that person is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services
Act of 1986 (Investment Advertisements)(Exemptions) Order 1996, as amended, or
is a person to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
     Purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby may be required to
pay stamp taxes and other charges in accordance with the laws and practices of
the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof.
 
     The Company has granted to the International Managers an option,
exercisable within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
an aggregate of 120,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting
discount. The International Managers may exercise this option only to cover
over-allotments, if any, made on the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby. To the extent that the International Managers exercise this option, each
International Manager will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to
purchase a number of additional shares of Common Stock proportionate to such
International Manager's initial amount reflected in the foregoing table. The
Company has also granted an option to the U.S. Underwriters, exercisable within
30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
480,000 additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, on
terms similar to those granted to the International Managers. If purchased, the
Underwriters will offer such additional shares on the same terms as those on
which the 4,000,000 shares are being offered.
 
     The Company, its executive officers and directors, and the Selling
Stockholders have, subject to certain exceptions, agreed that they will not for
a period of 120 days from the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written
consent of Merrill Lynch and Merrill Lynch International, directly or
indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise
dispose of, any capital stock of the Company or any security convertible or
exchangeable into, or exercisable for, such capital stock, or, in the case of
the Company, file any registration statement (other than registration statements
on Form S-8 relating to employee stock option plans and the registration
statement relating to 375,000 shares of Common Stock owned by a stockholder and
an employee of the Company pursuant to the terms of his outstanding registration
rights) with respect to any of the
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   80
 
                   [ALTERNATE INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS PAGE]
 
foregoing, except that the Company may, without such consent, issue options
pursuant to the Stock Option Plans and shares of Common Stock upon exercise of
options issued pursuant to the Stock Option Plans. See "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale; Registration Rights."
 
     In connection with the Offerings, certain Underwriters or their respective
affiliates and selling group members (if any) who are qualified market makers on
the Nasdaq National Market may engage in "passive market making" in the Common
Stock on the Nasdaq National Market in accordance with Rule 103 under Regulation
M. Rule 103 permits, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, underwriters
and selling group members participating in a distribution that are also Nasdaq
National Market makers in the security being distributed to engage in limited
market making transactions during the period when Rule 103 under Regulation M
would otherwise prohibit such activity. Rule 103 prohibits underwriters and
selling group members engaged in passive market making generally from entering a
bid or effecting a purchase at a price that exceeds the highest bid for those
securities displayed on the Nasdaq National Market by a market maker that is not
participating in the distribution. Under Rule 103, each underwriter or selling
group member engaged in passive market making is subject to a daily net purchase
limitation equal to 30% of such entity's average daily trading volume during the
two full consecutive calendar months immediately preceding the date of the
filing of the registration statement under the Securities Act pertaining to the
security to be distributed.
 
     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under
the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.
 
     In connection with the Offerings, the Underwriters may engage in certain
transactions which stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the
Common Stock. Such transactions may include the purchase of shares of Common
Stock in the open market to cover short positions created by over-allotments or
to stabilize the price of the Common Stock. In general, purchases of a security
for the purpose of stabilization or to reduce a short position could cause the
price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of such
purchases. Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters make any
representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that
the transactions described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In
addition, neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters make any
representation that the Underwriters will engage in such transactions or that
such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
     Steven B. Sands, the Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sands
Brothers & Co., Ltd., one of the Representatives, has been a member of the
Company's Board of Directors since the Company's initial public offering in
April 1994. In addition, in connection with the Company's initial public
offering, Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd. received warrants to purchase an aggregate
of 468,750 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.30 per share, of
which warrants to purchase 467,579 shares have been exercised.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   81
 
                   [ALTERNATE INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS PAGE]
 
======================================================
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO
MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         PAGE
                                         ----
<S>                                      <C>
Prospectus Summary.....................    3
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements...........................    7
Risk Factors...........................    7
Use of Proceeds........................   15
Price Range of Common Stock............   15
Dividend Policy........................   16
Capitalization.........................   16
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...   17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...........................   19
Business...............................   27
Management.............................   35
Principal and Selling Stockholders.....   42
Certain Transactions...................   43
Description of Capital Stock...........   44
Shares Eligible for Future Sale;
  Registration Rights..................   47
Certain United States Federal Tax
  Consequences to Non-United States
  Holders..............................   48
Underwriting...........................   50
Legal Matters..........................   52
Experts................................   52
Available Information..................   53
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
  Reference............................   53
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements...........................  F-1
</TABLE>
 
======================================================
======================================================
 
                                4,000,000 SHARES
 
                                BRIGHTPOINT LOGO
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                          ---------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                          ---------------------------
 
                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
                            COWEN INTERNATIONAL L.P.
                                  UBS LIMITED
                           SANDS BROTHERS & CO., LTD.
                                          , 1997
 
======================================================
<PAGE>   82
 
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The estimated expenses of the Offerings payable by the registrant to be
incurred in connection with the distribution of the shares of Common Stock
registered hereby (less the underwriting discount) are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
SEC registration............................................   $   40,947.00
NASD fee....................................................       14,012.50
Nasdaq listing fee..........................................       17,500.00
Printing and engraving costs................................      250,000.00
Legal fees and expenses.....................................      400,000.00
Accounting fees and expenses................................      120,000.00
Blue Sky fees and expenses..................................        5,000.00
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses..............        3,000.00
Miscellaneous...............................................      399,540.50
                                                               -------------
     Total..................................................   $1,250,000.00
                                                               =============
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
*  To be completed by amendment.
 
ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
provides for the indemnification of officers and directors under certain
circumstances against expenses incurred in successfully defending against a
claim and authorizes Delaware corporations to indemnify their officers and
directors under certain circumstances against expenses and liabilities incurred
in legal proceedings involving such persons because of their being or having
been an officer or director.
 
     Section 102(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a
corporation, by so providing in its certificate of incorporation, to eliminate
or limit director's liability to the corporation and its stockholders for
monetary damages arising out of certain alleged breaches of their fiduciary
duty. Section 102(b)(7) provides that no such limitation of liability may affect
a director's liability with respect to any of the following: (i) breaches of the
director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct of knowing
violations of law;(iii) liability for dividends paid or stock repurchased or
redeemed in violation of the Delaware General Corporation law; or (iv) any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Section 102(b)(7) does not authorize any limitation on the ability of the
corporation or its stockholders to obtain injunction relief, specific
performance or other equitable relief against directors.
 
     Article Ninth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and the
Company's By-laws provide that all persons who the Company is empowered to
indemnify pursuant to the provisions of Section 145 of the General Corporation
law of the State of Delaware (or any similar provision or provisions of
applicable law at the time in effect), shall be indemnified by the Company to
the full extent permitted thereby. The foregoing right of indemnification shall
not be deemed to be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.
 
     Article Tenth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that
no director of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its
stockholders for any monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty as a
director, provided that such provision does not eliminate or limit the liability
of a director (i) for breaches of fiduciary duty of loyalty to the Company or
its stockholders' (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing-violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   83
 
the General Corporation of Law of the State of Delaware; or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Act may be permitted
to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the
foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the
Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
     Reference is made to the Purchase Agreements, the proposed form of which
are filed as Exhibits 1.1 and 1.2, pursuant to which the Underwriters agree to
indemnify the directors and certain officers of the Registrant and certain other
persons against certain civil liabilities.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS
 
     (A) EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                           DESCRIPTION
- --------------                           -----------
<C>              <S>
        1.1      Revised Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement. (11)
        1.2      Form of International Purchase Agreement. (11)
        3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as Amended (10)
        3.2      Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (10)
        3.3      Certificate of Merger of Brightpoint, Inc. into Wholesale
                 Cellular USA, Inc., effective September 15, 1995. (2)
        4.1      Form of Common Stock Certificate (1)
        5.1      Opinion of Tenzer Greenblatt LLP as to the legality of the
                 shares to be issued.*
       10.1      1994 Stock Option Plan (1)
       10.2      1996 Stock Option Plan (8)
       10.3      Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (1)
       10.4      Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert
                 J. Laikin, J. Mark Howell and T. Scott Housefield (8)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
       10.5      Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and its
                 Executive Vice Presidents (8)
       10.6      Lease Agreement between the Company and WRC Properties,
                 Inc., as amended and Unconditional Guaranty of Lease by
                 Century Cellular Network, Inc. (1)
       10.7      Lease Agreement between the Company and Park 100 Properties,
                 Inc. (2)
       10.8      Lease Agreement between the Company and Industrial
                 Affiliates, Ltd. (2)
       10.9      Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Company and
                 Corporate Drive Associates, LLC, dated as of July 17, 1996.
                 (10)
       10.10     Lease Agreement (Building Expansion) between the Company and
                 Corporate Drive Associates, LLC, dated as of July 17, 1996.
                 (10)
       10.11     Lease Agreement between the Company and Airport Key
                 Corporation, dated November 30, 1995 (3)
       10.12     Lease Agreement between the Company and Corporate Drive
                 Associates, LLC, dated June 6, 1995 (3)
       10.13     Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Company and
                 Corporate Drive Associates, LLC, dated October 3, 1995 (3)
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   84
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                           DESCRIPTION
- --------------                           -----------
<C>              <S>
       10.14     Agreement and Plan of Merger, as amended on April 29, 1996,
                 by and among the Company, Brightpoint Acquisition, Inc., a
                 wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Allied
                 Communications, Inc., Allied Communications of Florida,
                 Inc., Allied Communications of Georgia, Inc., Allied
                 Communications of Illinois, Inc., Allied Communications of
                 Puerto Rico, Inc., Robert Picow and Joseph Forer. (5)
       10.15     Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1996, among
                 the Company, Brightpoint International Ltd., Technology
                 Resources International Ltd., Safkong Holdings Limited,
                 Marriott Invest & Trade Inc., John MacLean-Arnott and Dana
                 Marlin. (6)
       10.16     Rights Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1997, between the
                 Company and Continental Stock Transfer Trust Company, as
                 Rights Agent. (7)
       10.17     Lease agreement between the Company and DP Operating
                 Partnership, L.P., dated as of March 1, 1997. (9)
       10.18     Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated as of June 24, 1997
                 among the Company, Brightpoint International Ltd., the
                 Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the
                 Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Financial
                 Institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders, The
                 First National Bank of Chicago as administrative agent and
                 Bank One, Indiana, N.A. as syndication agent. (10)
       11.1      Statement re: computation of per share earnings (10)
       13.1      1996 Annual Report to Stockholders. With the exception of
                 the information incorporated by reference in Items 5, 6, 7
                 and 8, the 1996 Annual Report to Stockholders is not deemed
                 filed as part of this report. (8)
       21.1      Subsidiaries (10)
       23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (11)
       23.2      Report of Coopers & Lybrand LLP (8)
       23.3      Consent of Coopers & Lybrand LLP (11)
       23.4      Consent of Tenzer Greenblatt LLP, included in opinion filed
                 as Exhibit 5.1.*
       24.1      Power of Attorney, included in the signature page of this
                 Registration Statement
       27.1      Financial Data Schedule (10)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
 (1) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement (33-75148) effective
     April 7, 1994.
    
 
 (2) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
     ended December 31, 1994.
 
 (3) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
     ended December 31, 1995.
 
 (4) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (33-97084)
     effective October 24, 1995.
 
 (5) Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 12,
     1996.
 
 (6) Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 3,
     1996.
 
 (7) Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 28,
     1997.
 
 (8) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
     ended December 31, 1996.
 
 (9) Incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three
     months ended March 31, 1997
 
(10) Previously filed.
 
(11) Filed herewith.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   85
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to section
     13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where
     applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report
     pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is
     incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to
     be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
     and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
     initial bona fide offering thereof;
 
          (2) (i) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as
     part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
     contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
     424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be
     part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared
     effective; and
 
          (ii) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
 
          (3) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
     Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
     controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
     or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
     policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
     event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
     the payment by the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit
     or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
     in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will,
     unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
     controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
     question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
     expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
     issue.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   86
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements of filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to
its registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in the
City of Indianapolis, State of Indiana, on the 6th day of August 1997.
    
                                          BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
 
                                          By:     /s/ ROBERT J. LAIKIN
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                      Robert J. Laikin
                                                  Chief Executive Officer
 
     Each person whose signature appears below hereby authorizes each of Robert
J. Laikin and J. Mark Howell or either of them as his true and lawful
attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to execute in the name and on
behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to
file, any and all amendments to this Registration Statement, including any and
all post-effective amendments thereto.
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement on Form S-3 was signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                          DATE
                  ---------                                     -----                          ----
<C>                                              <S>                                     <C>
 
            /s/ ROBERT J. LAIKIN                 Chairman of the Board and Chief         August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------    Executive Officer (Principal
              Robert J. Laikin                   Executive Officer)
 
                      *                          President, Chief Operating Officer      August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------    and Director
               J. Mark Howell
 
                      *                          Executive Vice President and            August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------    Director
             T. Scott Housefield
 
                      *                          Executive Vice President; Chief         August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------    Financial Officer (Principal
             Phillip A. Bounsall                 Financial Officer); and Treasurer
 
                      *                          Executive Vice President; General       August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------    Counsel; and Secretary
               Steven E. Fivel
 
                      *                          Vice President; Corporate               August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------    Controller; and Assistant Secretary
               John P. Delaney                   (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
                      *                          Vice Chairman of the Board              August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
                Robert Picow
 
                      *                          Director                                August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
                Joseph Forer

</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>   87
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                          DATE
                  ---------                                     -----                          ----
<C>                                              <S>                                     <C>
                      *                          Director                                August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
                John W. Adams
 
                      *                          Director                                August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
              Robert F. Wagner
 
                      *                          Director                                August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
              Stephen H. Simon
 
                      *                          Director                                August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
               Rollin M. Dick
 
                      *                          Director                                August 6, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
               Steven B. Sands
 
           * /s/ ROBERT J. LAIKIN
- ---------------------------------------------
             Robert J. Laikin as
              attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>   88
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                           DESCRIPTION
- --------------                           -----------
<C>              <S>
</TABLE>
 
   
     1.1         Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement. (11)
     1.2         Form of International Purchase Agreement. (11)
     3.1         Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as Amended (10)
     3.2         Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (10)
     3.3         Certificate of Merger of Brightpoint, Inc. into Wholesale
                 Cellular USA, Inc., effective September 15, 1995. (2)
     4.1         Form of Common Stock Certificate (1)
     5.1         Opinion of Tenzer Greenblatt LLP as to the legality of the
                 shares to be issued.*
    10.1         1994 Stock Option Plan (1)
    10.2         1996 Stock Option Plan (8)
    10.3         Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (1)
    10.4         Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert
                 J. Laikin, J. Mark Howell and T. Scott Housefield (8)
    10.5         Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and its
                 Executive Vice Presidents (8)
    10.6         Lease Agreement between the Company and WRC Properties,
                 Inc., as amended and Unconditional Guaranty of Lease by
                 Century Cellular Network, Inc. (1)
    10.7         Lease Agreement between the Company and Park 100 Properties,
                 Inc. (2)
    10.8         Lease Agreement between the Company and Industrial
                 Affiliates, Ltd. (2)
    10.9         Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Company and
                 Corporate Drive Associates, LLC, dated as of July 17, 1996.
                 (10)
    10.10        Lease Agreement (Building Expansion) between the Company and
                 Corporate Drive Associates, LLC, dated as of July 17, 1996.
                 (10)
    10.11        Lease Agreement between the Company and Airport Key
                 Corporation, dated November 30, 1995 (3)
    10.12        Lease Agreement between the Company and Corporate Drive
                 Associates, LLC, dated June 6, 1995 (3)
    10.13        Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Company and
                 Corporate Drive Associates, LLC, dated October 3, 1995 (3)
    10.14        Agreement and Plan of Merger, as amended on April 29, 1996,
                 by and among the Company, Brightpoint Acquisition, Inc., a
                 wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Allied
                 Communications, Inc., Allied Communications of Florida,
                 Inc., Allied Communications of Georgia, Inc., Allied
                 Communications of Illinois, Inc., Allied Communications of
                 Puerto Rico, Inc., Robert Picow and Joseph Forer. (5)
    10.15        Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1996, among
                 the Company, Brightpoint International Ltd., Technology
                 Resources International Ltd., Safkong Holdings Limited,
                 Marriott Invest & Trade Inc., John MacLean-Arnott and Dana
                 Marlin. (6)
    10.16        Rights Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1997, between the
                 Company and Continental Stock Transfer Trust Company, as
                 Rights Agent. (7)
    10.17        Lease Agreement between the Company and DP Operating
                 Partnership, L.P., dated as of March 1, 1997. (9)
    
<PAGE>   89
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                           DESCRIPTION
- --------------                           -----------
<C>              <S>
    10.18        Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated as of June 24, 1997
                 among the Company, Brightpoint International Ltd., the
                 Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the
                 Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Financial
                 Institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders, The
                 First National Bank of Chicago as administrative agent and
                 Bank One, Indiana, N.A. as syndication agent. (10)
    11.1         Statement re: computation of per share earnings (10)
    13.1         1996 Annual Report to Stockholders. With the exception of
                 the information incorporated by reference in Items 5, 6, 7
                 and 8, the 1996 Annual Report to Stockholders is not deemed
                 filed as part of this report. (8)
    21.1         Subsidiaries (10)
    23.1         Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (11)
    23.2         Report of Coopers & Lybrand LLP (8)
    23.3         Consent of Coopers & Lybrand LLP (11)
    23.4         Consent of Tenzer Greenblatt LLP, included in opinion filed
                 as Exhibit 5.1.*
    24.1         Power of Attorney, included in the signature page of this
                 Registration Statement
    27.1         Financial Data Schedule (10)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
 (1) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement (33-75148) effective
     April 7, 1994.
    
 
 (2) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
     ended December 31, 1994.
 
 (3) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
     ended December 31, 1995.
 
 (4) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (33-97084)
     effective October 24, 1995.
 
 (5) Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 12,
     1996.
 
 (6) Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 3,
     1996.
 
 (7) Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 28,
     1997.
 
 (8) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
     ended December 31, 1996.
 
 (9) Incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three
     months ended March 31, 1997
 
(10) Previously filed.
 
(11) Filed herewith.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 1.1


_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________


                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.



                            (a Delaware corporation)



                        3,200,000 Shares of Common Stock



                            U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT





   Dated:  ___________________, 1997





_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>   2



<TABLE>
                               Table of Contents
<S>          <C>
SECTION 1.   Representations and Warranties.............................................4
                (a) Representations and Warranties by the Company.......................4
                    (i)   Compliance with Registration Requirements.....................4
                    (ii)  Incorporated Documents........................................5
                    (iii)  Independent Accountants......................................5
                    (iv)  Financial Statements..........................................5
                    (v)   No Material Adverse Change in Business........................5
                    (vi)  Good Standing of the Company..................................6
                    (vii)  Good Standing of Subsidiaries................................6
                    (viii)  Capitalization..............................................6
                    (ix)  Authorization of Agreement....................................7
                    (x)   Authorization and Description of Securities...................7
                    (xi)  Absence of Defaults and Conflicts.............................7
                    (xii)  Absence of Labor Dispute.....................................8
                    (xiii)  Absence of Proceedings......................................8
                    (xiv)  Accuracy of Exhibits.........................................8
                    (xv)  Absence of Price Stabilization................................8
                    (xvi)  Possession of Intellectual Property..........................8
                    (xvii)  Absence of Further Requirements.............................9
                    (xviii) Possession of Licenses and Permits..........................9
                    (xix)  Title to Property............................................9
                    (xx)  Taxes........................................................10
                    (xxi)  Maintenance of Adequate Insurance...........................10
                    (xxii)  Maintenance of Sufficient Internal Controls................10
                    (xxiii) Compliance with Laws.......................................10
                    (xxiv)  Imports/Exports............................................10
                    (xxv)  Compliance with Cuba Act....................................10
                    (xxvi)  Investment Company Act.....................................11
                    (xxvii) Environmental Laws.........................................11
                    (xxviii) Registration Rights.......................................11
                (b) Representations and Warranties by the Selling Shareholders.........11
                    (i)   Accurate Disclosure..........................................11
                    (ii)  Authorization of Agreements..................................12
                    (iii)  Good and Marketable Title...................................12
                    (iv)  Due  Execution  of  Power of  Attorney  and
                          Custody Agreement............................................12
                    (v)   Absence of Manipulation......................................13
                    (vi)  Absence of Further Requirements..............................13
                    (vii)  Restriction on Sale of Securities...........................13
                    (viii)  Certificates Suitable for Transfer.........................14
                    (ix)  No Association with NASD.....................................14
                (c) Officer's Certificates.............................................14


</TABLE>

<PAGE>   3
 



SECTION 2.   Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.......................14
                (a) Initial Securities........................................14
                (b) U.S. Option Securities....................................14
                (c) Payment...................................................15
                (d) Denominations; Registration...............................16
SECTION 3.   Covenants of the Company.........................................16
                (a) Compliance  with   Securities  Regulations and
                    Commission Requests.......................................16
                (b) Filing of Amendments......................................16
                (c) Delivery of Registration Statements.......................16
                (d) Delivery of Prospectuses..................................17
                (e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws.................17
                (f) Blue Sky Qualifications...................................17
                (g) Rule 158..................................................18
                (h) Use of Proceeds...........................................18
                (i) Listing...................................................18
                (j) Restriction on Sale of Securities.........................18
                (k) Reporting Requirements....................................18
SECTION 4.   Payment of Expenses..............................................18
                (a) Expenses..................................................18
                (b) Expenses of the Selling Shareholders......................19
                (c) Termination of Agreement..................................19
                (d) Allocation of Expense.....................................19
SECTION 5.   Conditions of U.S. Underwriters' Obligations.....................19
                (a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement...................19
                (b) Opinion of Counsel for Company............................20
                (c) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Shareholders...........20
                (d) Opinion of Counsel for U.S. Underwriters..................20
                (e) Officers' Certificate.....................................20
                (f) Certificate of Selling Shareholders.......................21
                (g) Accountant's Comfort Letter...............................21
                (h) Bring-down Comfort Letter.................................21
                (i) Approval of Listing.......................................21
                (j) No Objection..............................................21
                (k) Lock-up Agreements........................................21
                (l) Purchase of Initial International Securities..............21
                (m) Conditions to Purchase of U.S. Option Securities..........21
                    (i)   Officers' Certificate...............................22
                    (ii)  Certificate of Selling Shareholders.................22
                    (iii)  Opinion of Counsel for Company.....................22
                    (iv)  Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Shareholders.....22
                    (v)   Opinion of Counsel for U.S. Underwriters............22
                    (vi)  Bring-down Comfort Letter...........................22
                (n) Additional Documents......................................22
                (o) Termination of Agreement..................................23
<PAGE>   4




<TABLE>
<S><C>
SECTION 6.   Indemnification ...................................................................................... 23

                  (a) Indemnification of U.S. Underwriters......................................................... 23
                  (b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and Selling Shareholders.................. 24
                  (c) Actions against Parties; Notification ....................................................... 24
                  (d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse........................................... 25
                  (e) Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification ............................................ 25
SECTION 7.   Contribution.......................................................................................... 25
SECTION 8.   Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery........................................ 26
SECTION 9.   Termination of Agreement.............................................................................. 26
                  (a) Termination; General......................................................................... 26
                  (b) Liabilities.................................................................................. 27
SECTION 10.  Default by One or More of the U.S. Underwriters....................................................... 27
SECTION 11.  Default by One or More of the Selling  Shareholders or the Company.................................... 28
SECTION 12.  Notices............................................................................................... 28
SECTION 13.  Parties............................................................................................... 29
SECTION 14.  GOVERNING LAW AND TIME................................................................................ 29
SECTION 15.  Effect of Headings.................................................................................... 29
</TABLE>


    
<PAGE>   5





                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.

                            (a Delaware corporation)

                        3,200,000 Shares of Common Stock


                           (Par Value $.01 Per Share)

                            U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                                    ______________________, 1997

   MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
   Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                 Incorporated
   Cowen & Company
   UBS Securities LLC
   Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd.
     as U.S. Representatives of the several U.S. Underwriters
   c/o  Merrill Lynch & Co.
     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                   Incorporated
   North Tower
   World Financial Center
   New York, New York  10281-1209

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Brightpoint,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"), and  the
   persons  listed  in  Schedule  B  hereto  (the "Selling Shareholders"),
   confirm their  respective agreements with Merrill Lynch & Co.,  Merrill
   Lynch, Pierce, Fenner  & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch") and each  of
   the other U.S.  Underwriters named in  Schedule  A hereto  (collectively,
   the "U.S.  Underwriters," which term  shall  also include  any  underwriter
   substituted  as hereinafter provided  in  Section 10  hereof),  for whom
   Merrill Lynch, Cowen & Company, UBS Securities  LLC and Sands Brothers &
   Co., Ltd. are acting as representatives  (in such capacity, the "U.S.
   Representatives"),  with respect  to  (i) the  sale by  the Company  and the
   Selling  Shareholders, acting  severally and not jointly,  and  the
   purchase  by  the  U.S. Underwriters,  acting severally and not jointly, of
   the respective numbers of shares of Common Stock, par value $.01  per share,
   of the Company  ("Common Stock") set forth in Schedules A and B  hereto and
   (ii) the grant by the Company to the U.S. Underwriters, acting severally and
   not jointly,  of  the option  described  in  Section 2(b)  hereof  to
   purchase all or any part





    
<PAGE>   6





   of   480,000  additional   shares  of   Common  Stock   to  cover
   over-allotments,  if  any.   The  aforesaid  3,200,000 shares  of Common
   Stock (the "Initial U.S. Securities")  to be purchased by the U.S.
   Underwriters and all or any  part of the 480,000 shares of Common Stock
   subject  to the option described in  Section 2(b) hereof  (the "U.S.  Option
   Securities")  are hereinafter  called, collectively, the "U.S. Securities."
   
        It  is   understood  that   the  Company  and   the  Selling
   Shareholders are   concurrently entering into  an agreement dated the   date
   hereof   (the  "International   Purchase  Agreement") providing  for  the
   offering  by  the  Company  and the  Selling Shareholders  of an aggregate
   of 800,000 shares  of Common Stock (the  "Initial  International
   Securities") through  arrangements with certain  underwriters outside  the
   United States  and Canada (the   "International   Managers") for which
   Merrill  Lynch International, Cowen International L.P., UBS Limited and
   Sands Brothers  &  Co., Ltd.  are acting  as  lead managers  (the "Lead
   Managers")  and the  grant by  the Company  to the  International Managers,
   acting  severally and  not  jointly, of  an  option to purchase  all or any
   part of the International Managers' pro rata portion of up to 120,000
   additional shares of Common Stock solely to  cover over  allotments, if any
   (the  "International   Option Securities" and,  together with the U.S.
   Option  Securities, the "Option Securities").  The  Initial International
   Securities and the International Option Securities are hereinafter
   called the "International Securities."   It is understood that (a) neither 
   the Company nor the Selling Shareholders are obligated to sell, and the U.S.
   Underwriters are not obligated  to purchase, any Initial U.S.   Securities
   unless all of the Initial International Securities are contemporaneously 
   purchased by the International Managers, and (b) neither the Company nor the
   Selling Shareholders are obligated to sell, and the International Managers
   are not obligated to purchase, any Initial International Securities unless
   all of the Initial U.S. Securities are contemporaneously purchased by the
   U.S. Underwriters.
    
        The  U.S. Underwriters  and the  International Managers  are
   hereinafter collectively called  the "Underwriters," the  Initial U.S.
   Securities and  the  Initial  International Securities  are hereinafter
   collectively called the "Initial Securities," and the U.S. Securities, and
   the International Securities are hereinafter collectively called the
   "Securities."

        The   Underwriters   will   concurrently   enter   into   an
   Intersyndicate  Agreement  of   even   date    herewith   (the
   "Intersyndicate Agreement")  providing  for the  coordination  of certain
   transactions among the  Underwriters under  the direction of Merrill Lynch
   & Co.,  Merrill Lynch, Pierce,  Fenner &  Smith Incorporated (in such
   capacity, the "Global Coordinator").

        The Company and the Selling Shareholders understand that the U.S.
   Underwriters propose to  make a public offering of  the U.S.  Securities  as
   soon  as the  U.S. Representatives  deem advisable after this Agreement has
   been executed and delivered.
   
        The  Company  has filed  with  the  Securities and  Exchange Commission
   (the "Commission") a  registration statement  on Form S-3  (No.
   333-29533)  covering  the  registration  of  the Securities under the
   Securities Act  of 1933, as  amended   (the "1933  Act"),  including  the
   related  preliminary  prospectuses.  Promptly  after execution  and
   delivery of  this Agreement,  the Company  will  either  (i)  prepare  and
   file  a  prospectus  in accordance  with the provisions of Rule 430A ("Rule
   430A") of the rules and regulations of  the Commission under the 1933  Act
   (the "1933 Act  Regulations") and  paragraph  (b) of  Rule 424  ("Rule
   424(b)") of the 1933  Act Regulations or (ii) if the  Company has elected
   to rely  upon  Rule 434  ("Rule  434") of  the 1933  Act Regulations,
   prepare and file a  term sheet (a  "Term Sheet") in accordance with the
   provisions of Rule 434 and Rule
    




    
                                       2
<PAGE>   7




   
   424(b).   Two  forms of prospectus  are to be  used in connection with the
   offering and sale of the Securities: one relating to the U.S. Securities
   (the "Form of U.S.  Prospectus") and one relating to  the  International
   Securities  (the "Form  of  International Prospectus").  The Form  of
   International Prospectus is identical to  the Form of U.S.  Prospectus,
   except for  the front cover and back  cover   pages  and   the  information
   under   the  caption "Underwriting"  and the  inclusion in  the Form  of
   International Prospectus of a section under the caption "Certain United
   States Tax   Considerations  for   Non-United  States  Holders."     The
   information included in any  such prospectus or in any  such Term Sheet,  as
   the  case   may  be,  that  was  omitted   from  such registration
   statement at the time it  became effective but that is deemed to  be part of
   such registration statement  at the time it became effective (a) pursuant to
   paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred  to  as  "Rule  430A Information"  or
   (b)  pursuant  to paragraph  (d)  of  Rule   434  is  referred  to  as
   "Rule  434 Information."    Each  Form  of  U.S.  Prospectus  and  Form   of
   International Prospectus used  before such registration statement became
   effective, and any prospectus that omitted, as applicable, the rule 430A
   Information  or the Rule 434 Information,  that was used  after such
   effectiveness  and prior  to the  execution and delivery  of  this
   Agreement,  is  herein  called a  "preliminary prospectus."  Such
   registration statement, including the exhibits thereto,   schedules
   thereto,  if   any,   and   the  documents incorporated by reference therein
   pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3 under the 1933 Act, at the time it became
   effective and including the  Rule  430A  Information and  the  Rule  434
   Information, as applicable, is  herein called the "Registration  Statement."
   Any registration statement filed pursuant to rule  462(b) of the 1933 Act
   Regulations  is  herein  referred  to  as  the "Rule  462(b) Registration
   Statement,"  and   after  such   filing  the   term "Registration
   Statement"  shall   include   the   Rule   462(b) Registration Statement.
   The final  Form of U.S.  Prospectus and the  final  Form  of   International
   Prospectus,  including  the documents incorporated  by reference therein
   pursuant  to Item 12 of Form S-3  under the 1933 Act, in the  forms first
   furnished to the Underwriters for use  in connection with the offering  of
   the Securities  are  herein  called  the "U.S.  Prospectus"  and  the
   "International Prospectus," respectively,  and collectively,  the
   "Prospectus."   If  Rule  434  is  relied  on,  the  terms  "U.S.
   Prospectus"  and "International  Prospectus" shall  refer to  the
   preliminary U.S. Prospectus dated July 15, 1997 and preliminary
   International  Prospectus  dated  July 15, 1997,  respectively, each
   together  with the applicable Term Sheet, and all references in this
   Agreement to the date of such Prospectuses shall mean the date  of the
   applicable  Term  Sheet.    For  purposes  of  this Agreement, all
   references  to the  Registration  Statement,  any preliminary  prospectus,
   the  U.S. Prospectus,  the International Prospectus  or any Term Sheet  or
   any amendment  or supplement to any of the  foregoing shall be deemed  to
   include the  copy filed with the  Commission pursuant  to its Electronic
   Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system ("EDGAR").
    
        All references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules
   and other information which is "contained", "included", or  "stated"  in
   the  Registration  Statement,  any  preliminary prospectus  or  the
   Prospectuses  (or  other  references of  like import)  shall be deemed to
   mean and include  all such financial statements  and  schedules   and  other
   information  which   is incorporated  by  reference  in the  Registration
   Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses,  as the case may
   be; and all references in this Agreement to amendments or supplements to the
   Registration Statement,  any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses
   shall be deemed to  mean and include  the filing of any  document  under
   the Securities  Exchange  Act  of 1934,  as amended  (the   "1934  Act")
   which  is  or  is  deemed  to  be incorporated  by reference  in the
   Registration  Statement, such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses, as
   the case may be.





          
                                       3
<PAGE>   8





        SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.

        (a)   Representations  and  Warranties by  the Company.   The Company
   represents and warrants  to each U.S.  Underwriter as of the  date hereof,
   as of  the Closing Time  referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each
   Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees
   with each U.S. Underwriter, as follows:

             (i)   Compliance  with  Registration Requirements.   The Company
        meets the requirements for use of Form S-3 under the 1933 Act.  Each
        of the Registration Statement and  any Rule 462(b) Registration
        Statement has become effective under the 1933  Act and no stop  order
        suspending the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement or any Rule
        462(b) Registration Statement  has  been  issued  under  the  1933  Act
        and  no proceedings  for that  purpose have  been instituted  or are
        pending   or,  to   the  knowledge   of  the   Company,  are
        contemplated by the Commission, and  any request on the part of  the
        Commission  for  additional  information  has  been complied with.

             At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule
        462(b) Registration  Statement and  any post-effective amendments
        thereto became effective  and at the Closing Time (and, if any  U.S.
        Option Securities  are purchased, at  the Date  of Delivery),  the
        Registration  Statement, the  Rule 462(b)   Registration  Statement
        and   any  amendments  and supplements thereto complied and will comply
        in all material respects  with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the
        1933 Act Regulations and did  not and will not contain  an untrue
        statement of a  material fact  or omit to  state a  material fact
        required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
        therein   not   misleading.   Neither   of  the Prospectuses nor  any
        amendments or  supplements thereto, at the time  the Prospectuses or
        any  amendments or supplements thereto were issued  and at  the Closing
        Time  (and, if  any U.S.  Option  Securities  are  purchased,  at  the
        Date  of Delivery), included or will include an untrue statement of a
        material  fact or omitted or  will omit to  state a material fact
        necessary in order to  make the statements therein, in the light of
        the circumstances under which  they were made, not  misleading.   If
        Rule 434  is  used, the  Company will comply   with   the  requirements
        of   Rule   434.     The representations and warranties in this
        subsection shall not apply to  statements in  or omissions from  the
        Registration Statement or the U.S.  Prospectus made in reliance  upon
        and in conformity  with information furnished to  the Company in
        writing  by   any  U.S.   Underwriter  through     the  U.S.
        Representatives   expressly  for  use  in  the  Registration Statement
        or the U.S. Prospectus.
   
             Each  preliminary prospectus and the prospectuses filed as part of
        the Registration Statement as originally filed or as  part of any
        amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424  under the  1933  Act,
        complied  when  so filed  in  all material  respects with  the 1933
        Act Regulations  and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectuses
        delivered to the Underwriters for  use in connection with  this
        offering were identical to  the electronically transmitted  copies
        thereof filed with the Commission pursuant  to EDGAR, except to  the
        extent permitted by Regulation S-T.  The Company has delivered to each
        U.S. Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary 
        prospectus as such U.S. Underwriter reasonably requested.
    




          
                                       4
<PAGE>   9




   
             (ii)   Incorporated Documents.  The documents incorporated or
        deemed  to   be  incorporated   by  reference   in  the Prospectuses,
        at the time they were  or hereafter are filed with  the  Commission,
        complied  and  will  comply  in  all material respects with  the
        requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations  of the
        Commission thereunder (the "1934  Act Regulations")  and, when  read
        together  with the other  information  in the  Prospectuses,  at  the
        time  the Registration Statement  become effective,  at  the time  the
        Prospectuses were  issued and at  the Closing Time  (and, if any
        Option  Securities  are   purchased,  at  the  Date  of Delivery), did
        not and will not contain an  untrue statement of a material fact or
        omit to state a material fact required to be  stated therein  or
        necessary  to make the  statements therein, in light of the
        circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
    
   
             (iii)   Independent  Accountants. To the best of the Company's
        knowledge, the accountants  who certified the financial statements and
        supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement are 
        independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933
        Act Regulations.
    
   
             (iv)   Financial  Statements.   The  consolidated financial 
        statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses,
        together  with  the related  schedules  and notes,  present fairly  the 
        financial position  of  the  Company  as consolidated  with its
        subsidiaries at  the dates indicated  and the statement of operations,
        stockholders' equity and cash flows of  the Company  and its 
        consolidated subsidiaries  for the periods  specified;  said  financial 
        statements  have  been prepared  in conformity  with generally 
        accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis
        throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules included in
        the Registration Statement present fairly in accordance with GAAP  the
        information  required to  be stated therein.   The selected   financial 
        data  and   the   summary financial information included in the
        Prospectuses  present fairly the information shown therein and
        have been compiled on  a basis  consistent with  that  of the  audited
        financial  statements included  in  the Registration  Statement.    
    
             (v)  No Material Adverse Change in Business.  Since the respective
        dates as  of which  information is given  in the Registration
        Statement  and  the  Prospectuses,  except  as otherwise  stated
        therein,  (A) there  has been  no material adverse change in the
        condition, financial or otherwise, or in the  earnings, business
        affairs or  business prospects of the  Company  and   its  subsidiaries
        considered  as   one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary
        course of business (a "Material Adverse  Effect"), (B) there have been
        no  transactions entered into by  the Company or  any of its
        subsidiaries,  other than  those in  the ordinary  course of business,
        which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries
        considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has  been no dividend or
        distribution  of any kind declared, paid or  made by  the Company  on
        any  class of its  capital stock.




                                       5
          
<PAGE>   10





          (vi)    Good  Standing of  the Company.   The  Company has been duly
     organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
     the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to
     own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as
     described in the Prospectuses and to enter into and  perform  its
     obligations under  this  Agreement  and  the International Purchase
     Agreement; and the Company  is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to
     transact business and is in good standing in   each other jurisdiction in
     which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or
     leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so
     to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse
     Effect.
   
          (vii)   Good Standing of  Subsidiaries.  Each "significant subsidiary"
     of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02   of Regulation S-X)
     (each a "Subsidiary"  and, collectively, the "Subsidiaries") has been  duly
     organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
     the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has corporate power and
     authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
     business as described  in the Prospectuses and is duly  qualified as a
     foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each
     jurisdiction in which such qualification is  required, whether by reason of
     the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct  of business, except
     where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result
     in a Material Adverse  Effect; except for RPS Industries Company Limited 
     of which the Company owns 67% of the issued and outstanding equity 
     securities and which is not a "significant subsidiary" as defined above or 
     except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, all of the 
     issued and outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary has been duly 
     authorized and validly  issued, is fully paid  and non-assessable and is 
     owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of
     any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or 
     equity; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary
     was issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any 
     security holder of such Subsidiary.  The only subsidiaries of the Company
     are the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement. 
     Except for Wireless L.L.C. of which the Company owns 33% of the issued and
     outstanding membership interests or except as described in the 
     Registration Statement, the Company does not own or control, directly or 
     indirectly, any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited 
     liability company, association or other entity.
    
   
          (viii)  Capitalization.  The authorized, issued and outstanding
     capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectuses in the
     column entitled "Actual" under the caption "Capitalization"  (except  for
     subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement and  the
     International Purchase Agreement,  pursuant to reservations, agreements or
     employee benefit plans referred to in the Prospectuses or pursuant to the
     exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the
     Prospectuses). The description of the Company's stock option and other
     stock plans or arrangements, and the options or  other rights granted or
     exercised thereunder, as set forth in the Prospectuses, accurately and
     fairly describes such plans, arrangements, options and rights in all
     material respects.  The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock, 
     including the Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the 
     Selling Shareholders, have been duly authorized and validly issued and 
     are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of 
     capital stock, including the Securities to be purchased by the 
     Underwriters from the Selling Shareholders, was issued in violation of 
     the preemptive or other similar rights of any security holder of the 
     Company.
    




          
                                       6
<PAGE>   11





          (ix) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement and the International
          Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered
          by the Company.

          (x)  Authorization and Description of Securities.  The Securities to
          be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers
          from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to
          the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and the International
          Managers pursuant  to  the  International Purchase  Agreement,
          respectively, and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant
          to this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement against
          payment of the consideration set forth herein and therein, will be
          validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; the Common Stock
          conforms to  all statements relating thereto contained in the
          Prospectuses and such description conforms to the rights set forth in
          the instruments defining the same; no holder of the Securities will be
          subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and
          the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or
          other similar rights of any security holder of the Company.

          (xi) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts.  Neither the Company nor any
          of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or in
          default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement,
          covenant  or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage,
          deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other
          agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its
          subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or
          to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any
          subsidiary is subject (collectively, "Agreements and Instruments")
          except for such defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse
          Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
          and the International Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the
          transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the International
          Purchase Agreement and in the Registration Statement (including the
          issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from
          the sale of the Securities as described in the Prospectuses under the
          caption "Use of Proceeds") and compliance  by  the Company  with its
          obligations under this Agreement and the International Purchase
          Agreement have been duly authorized  by all necessary corporate action
          and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice
          or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of,
          or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in
          the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any
          property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the
          Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches or
          defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not result in a
          Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation
          of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any
          subsidiary or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment,
          order,  writ or  decree of  any government, government instrumentality
          or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or
          any subsidiary or any of their assets, properties or operations.  As
          used herein, a "Repayment Event" means any event or condition which
          gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of
          indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder's behalf) the right
          to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion
          of such indebtedness by the Company or any subsidiary.





                                       7
<PAGE>   12
                                                                  EXHIBIT 1.1



   
          (xii)  Absence of Labor Dispute. No labor dispute with the employees
     of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the
     Company, is imminent, and, to the best of the knowledge of the senior
     management of the Company (including heads of divisions), there is not 
     any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its 
     or any subsidiary's principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or 
     contractors, which, in either case, may reasonably be expected to result 
     in a Material Adverse Effect.
    
   
          (xiii) Absence of Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding,
     inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental
     agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of
     the Company, threatened, against  or affecting the  Company or any
     subsidiary, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement
     (other than as disclosed therein), or which might reasonably be expected to
     result in a Material Adverse Effect, or to materially and adversely affect
     the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the
     International Purchase Agreement or the performance by the Company of its
     obligations hereunder or thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or
     governmental proceedings to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party
     or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject which
     are not described in the Registration Statement, including  ordinary
     routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be
     expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
    
          (xiv)  Accuracy of Exhibits.  All of the descriptions of contracts or
     other documents contained in the Registration Statement are accurate and
     complete descriptions of such contracts or other documents.  There are no
     contracts or documents which are required  to be described in the
     Registration Statement, the Prospectuses or the documents incorporated by
     reference therein or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so
     described and filed as required.
   
          (xv)   Absence of Price Stabilization.  Neither the Company nor any of
     its officers or directors has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, 
     any action designed or intended to stabilize or manipulate the price of 
     any security of the Company, or which caused or resulted in, or which 
     might in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in,
     stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company, 
     nor has the Company become aware that any of its affiliates has taken,
     directly or indirectly, any action designed or intended to stabilize or
     manipulate the price of any security of the Company, or which caused or
     resulted in, or which might in the future reasonably be expected to cause
     or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of
     the Company.
    
   
          (xvi)  Possession of Intellectual Property. The Company and its
     subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate
     patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how
     (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable
     proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), the
     trademark "Brightlink" (which is owned by the Company and is subject to 
     final approval of its pending application in the U.S. Patent and Trademark
     Office), the service mark "Brightpoint" and the Brightpoint logo (which 
     is owned by the Company and is subject to final approval of its pending 
     application in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office), trade names or
     other intellectual property (collectively, "Intellectual Property")
     necessary to carry on the business now operated by them, and neither the
     Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice or is
     otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of
     others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or
     circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or      
     inadequate to protect the interest of the  Company or any of its
     subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject
     of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or
    




     
                                       8
<PAGE>   13





     inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse
     Effect.  The Company's business as now conducted and as proposed to be
     conducted does not and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, will not
     infringe or conflict with in any material respect patents, trademarks,
     service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses or other
     intellectual property or franchise right of any person.  To the best of the
     Company's knowledge, no claim has been made against the Company alleging
     the infringement by the Company of any patent, trademark, service mark,
     tradename, copyright, trade secret, license in or other intellectual
     property right or franchise right of any person.

          (xvii)  Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or
     authorization, approval, consent,  license, order, registration,
     qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency
     is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its
     obligations hereunder or under the International Purchase Agreement, in
     connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities under this
     Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement or the consummation of
     the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the International
     Purchase Agreement, except such as  have been already obtained or as may be
     required under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations or state securities
     laws.
   
          (xviii) Possession of Licenses and Permits.  The Company and its
     subsidiaries  possess such permits,  licenses, approvals, consents and
     other authorizations (collectively, "Governmental Licenses") issued by the
     appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies
     necessary to conduct the business now operated by them; the Company and its
     subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such
     Governmental Licenses; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in 
     full force and effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries 
     has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or 
     modification of any such Governmental Licenses; except, in each case,
     where the lack of possession, failure to comply, invalidity, revocation or
     modification, as applicable, would not, singly or in the aggregate, result
     in a Material Adverse Effect.
    
   
          (xix)   Title  to Property.   Neither the Company nor any of its
     subsidiaries owns any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have
     good and marketable title to all properties owned by them, in each case, 
     free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests,
     claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (a) are
     described in the Prospectuses or (b) do not, singly or in the aggregate,
     materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the
     use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of
     its subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the
     business of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise,
     and under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds properties
     described in the Prospectuses, are in full force and effect, and neither
     the Company nor any subsidiary has any notice of any material claim of any
     sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company
     or any subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases
    




     
                                       9
<PAGE>   14





     mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or
     such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased
     premises under any such lease or sublease.
   
          (xx)  Taxes.  The Company has filed all necessary federal, state,
     local and foreign income, payroll, franchise and other tax returns (after
     giving effect to extensions) and has paid all taxes shown as due thereon
     or with respect to any of its properties, and there is no tax deficiency
     that has been, or to the knowledge of the Company is likely to be,
     asserted against the Company or any of its properties or assets that
     would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
    
          (xxi)   Maintenance of Adequate Insurance. The Company is insured by
     insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and
     risks and in such amounts as is reasonably prudent in the business in which
     it is engaged or proposed to engage after giving effect to the transactions
     described in the Prospectuses; and the Company does not have any reason to
     believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage
     as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from
     similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost
     that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          (xxii)  Maintenance of Sufficient Internal Controls.  The Company
     maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide
     reasonable assurances  that (i) transactions are executed in accordance
     with management's general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are
     recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
     conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain
     accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in
     accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (iv)
     the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at
     reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any
     differences.

          (xxiii) Compliance with Laws.   To the best of the Company's
     knowledge, neither the Company nor any employee or agent of the Company has
     made any payment of funds of the Company or received or retained any funds
     in violation of any law, rule or regulation, including, without limitation,
     the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

          (xxiv)  Imports/Exports.  To the best of the Company's knowledge, the
     Company has paid all tariff, custom, import, export and other duties
     required to be paid by it (if any) in connection with the exportation of
     products from the country of manufacture, the importation of products into
     the United States, the exportation of products from the United States and
     the importation of products into another country and has provided all
     appropriate authorities with the requisite information, all of which, to
     the best of the Company's knowledge, is true and correct, necessary for the
     proper determination of the foregoing.

          (xvv)   Compliance  with Cuba Act.  The Company has complied with, and
     is and will be in compliance with, the provisions of that certain  Florida
     act relating  to disclosure of





     
                                       10
<PAGE>   15





     doing business with Cuba, codified as Section 517.075 of the Florida
     statutes, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the "Cuba
     Act") or is exempt therefrom.

          (xxvi)  Investment Company Act. The Company is not, and upon the
     issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the
     application of the  net proceeds therefrom as described in the Prospectuses
     will not be, an "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by  an
     "investment company" as such terms are defined in the Investment Company
     Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").
   
          (xxvii)  Environmental Laws.  Except as described in the Registration
     Statement and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a
     Material Adverse Effect, (A) to the best of the Company's knowledge, 
     neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any 
     federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation,
     ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or
     administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or
     administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution
     or protection of human health, the environment (including, without
     limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or
     subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and
     regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals,
     pollutants, contaminants,  wastes,  toxic  substances, hazardous
     substances, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, "Hazardous
     Materials") or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use,
     treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling  of Hazardous
     Materials (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), (B) the Company and its
     subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under
     any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their
     requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the best of the Company's
     knowledge, threatened  administrative, regulatory or judicial actions,
     suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or
     violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law
     against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) to the best of the
     Company's knowledge, there are no events or circumstances that might
     reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or
     remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or      
     governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of
     its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental
     Laws.
    
          (xxviii)  Registration Rights.  Except as described in the 
     Registration Statement, there are no persons with registration
     rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant
     to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under
     the 1933 Act.
   
     (b)  Representations  and  Warranties  by  the  Selling Shareholders. Each
Selling Shareholder severally and not jointly represents and warrants to each 
U.S. Underwriter as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Time and agrees 
with each U.S. Underwriter, as follows:
    

               (i)  Accurate Disclosure.  To the actual knowledge of such 
          Selling Shareholder, the representations and warranties of the Company
          contained in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct in all
          material respects; such Selling Shareholder has reviewed and is
          familiar  with  the Registration Statement  and  the Prospectuses
          and, to the actual knowledge of such Selling Shareholders, neither
          the Prospectuses nor any amendments or
          




     
                                       11
<PAGE>   16




   
supplements thereto includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; such
Selling Shareholder is not prompted to sell the Securities to be sold by such
Selling Shareholder hereunder or under the International Purchase Agreement by
any information concerning the Company or any subsidiary of the Company which is
not set forth in the Prospectuses and has not otherwise been previously
disclosed by the Company in a filing with the Commission.
    
   
     (ii)  Authorization of Agreements.  Each Selling Shareholder has the full
right to enter into this Agreement, the International Purchase Agreement and a
Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement (the "Power of Attorney and Custody
Agreement") and to sell, transfer and deliver the Securities to be sold by such
Selling Shareholder hereunder and under the International Purchase Agreement.
The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the International Purchase
Agreement and the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement and the sale and
delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Shareholder and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement and compliance by such Selling Shareholder
with its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not and will not, whether
with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with
or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or
imposition of any tax, lien, charge or encumbrance upon the Securities to be
sold by such Selling Shareholder or any property or assets of such Selling
Shareholder pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan
or credit agreement, note, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to
which such Selling Shareholder is a party or by which such Selling Shareholder
may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling
Shareholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of any
applicable treaty, law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or
decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or
foreign, having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder or any of its
properties.
    
     (iii)  Good and Marketable Title. Such Selling Shareholder has and will at
the Closing Time have good and marketable title to the Securities to be sold by
such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement and the International Purchase
Agreement, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien,
charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind, other than pursuant to this
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement; and upon delivery of such
Securities and payment of the purchase price therefor as contemplated herein and
therein, assuming each such Underwriter has no notice of any adverse claim, each
of the Underwriters will receive good and marketable title to the Securities
purchased by it from such Selling Shareholder, free and clear of any security
interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any
kind.
   
     (iv)   Due Execution of Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement. Such
Selling Shareholder has duly executed and delivered, in the form heretofore
furnished to the U.S. Representatives, the Power of Attorney and Custody
Agreement with Phillip A. Bounsall and Steven E. Fivel, as
    




  
                                       12
<PAGE>   17



   

attorneys-in-fact (the "Attorneys-in-Fact") and Merrill Lynch, as custodian
(the "Custodian"); the Custodian is authorized to deliver the Securities to be
sold by such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement and the International
Purchase Agreement and to accept payment therefor; and the Attorney-in-Fact is
authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and the International Purchase
Agreement and the certificate referred to in Section 5(f) or that may be
required pursuant to Section 5(n) on behalf of such Selling Shareholder, 
to sell, assign and transfer to the U.S. Underwriters and the International 
Managers the Securities to be sold by such Selling Shareholder under 
this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, respectively, to
determine, in compliance with the limitations set forth in that certain
Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1997, by and among the Company, Robert Picow
and Joseph Forer (in the form previously provided to the U.S. Underwriters),
the purchase price to be paid by the U.S. Underwriters and the International 
Managers to such Selling Shareholder, as provided in Section 2(a) of this 
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, to authorize the delivery 
of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Shareholder under this
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, to accept payment therefor,
and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Shareholder in connection with
this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
    
     (v)   Absence of Manipulation. Such Selling Shareholder has not taken, and
will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which
has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in
stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to
facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
   
     (vi)  Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or consent,
approval, authorization, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any
court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign (other than
filings which will be timely filed by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to the
1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations), is necessary or required for the 
performance by each Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this 
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement or in the Power of Attorney
and Custody Agreement, or in connection with the sale and delivery of the 
Securities under this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement or
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder,
except under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations or state securities laws.
    
   
     (vii) Restriction on Sale of Securities. Except as specifically
contemplated in Sections 10(c) and 11(c), respectively of that certain
Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1997, by and among the Company, Robert Picow
and Joseph Forer (in the form previously provided to the U.S. Underwriters),
during a period of 120 days from the date of the U.S. Prospectus, such Selling 
Shareholder will not, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, 
directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any 
option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant
any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise  transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any share of Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any
registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing
or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that
transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence
of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described
in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such
other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply
to the sale of the Securities hereunder or under the International Purchase
Agreement.
    




  
                                       13
<PAGE>   18





          (viii) Certificates Suitable for Transfer. Certificates for  all of
     the Securities  to  be  sold  by such  Selling Shareholder pursuant to this
     Agreement and the International Purchase  Agreement, in suitable  form  for
     transfer  by delivery or  accompanied  by duly executed  instruments  of
     transfer or assignment in  blank with signatures guaranteed, have  been
     placed  in custody  with  the Custodian  with irrevocable conditional
     instructions  to deliver such Securities  to the  U.S. Underwriters and
     the International Managers pursuant to  this Agreement  and the
     International Purchase Agreement, respectively.

          (ix)   No Association  with NASD. Neither  such Selling Stockholder
     nor any  of  his affiliates  directly, or indirectly through one or  more
     intermediaries, controls, or is  controlled by, or is  under common control
     with, or has any other association with (within the meaning of Article I,
     Section 1(m) of the  By-laws of the National Association  of Securities
     Dealers,  Inc.), any member firm of the National Association of Securities
     Dealers, Inc.

     (c) Officer's Certificates.  Any  certificate signed by any officer of the
Company or  any of its  subsidiaries delivered to the U.S. Representatives or to
counsel for the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers shall be
deemed a representation and warranty by the Company  to each U.S.  Underwriter
and  each International Manager  as to the matters covered thereby; and any
certificate signed by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholders as such  and
delivered to the U.S. Representatives or to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters
and  the International Managers pursuant to the  terms  of  this  Agreement and
the International  Purchase Agreement  shall be deemed a  representation and
warranty by such Selling Shareholder to the U.S. Underwriters  and the
International Managers as to the matters covered thereby.

    SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.

     (a) Initial Securities.  On the  basis of the representations and
warranties herein  contained and subject  to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, the Company and each Selling Shareholder, severally  and not jointly,
agree to sell to each U.S. Underwriter, severally and not jointly,  and each
U.S.  Underwriter, severally  and not jointly, agrees  to purchase from the
Company and each Selling Shareholder, at the price per share set forth in
Schedule C, that proportion of the number of Initial U.S. Securities set forth
in Schedule  B opposite the name of the Company  or such Selling Shareholder,
as the case  may be, which number  of  Initial  U.S.  Securities  set  forth  in
Schedule  A opposite the name  of such U.S. Underwriter, plus  any additional
number of Initial U.S. Securities which  such U.S. Underwriter may become
obligated to purchase  pursuant to the  provisions of Section  10 hereof,  bears
to the total number of  Initial U.S.  Securities, subject, in each case, to
such adjustments among  the U.S.  Underwriters  as the  U.S.  Representatives
in their  sole discretion  shall make  to eliminate  any sales  or purchases of
fractional securities.

     (b) U.S. Option Securities. In addition, on the  basis of the
representations and  warranties herein contained and  subject to  the terms and
conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an  option  to the  U.S.
Underwriters,  severally and  not jointly, to purchase up to an additional
480,000 shares of Common Stock at the price per  share set forth  in Schedule
C,  less an  amount  per share equal to  any dividends or distributions declared
by the Company and payable on the  Initial U.S. Securities but  not payable on
the U.S. Option Securities.  The option





    
                                       14
<PAGE>   19





hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in
whole or in part from time to time only for the purpose of covering
over-allotments  which may be made in connection with the offering and
distribution of the Initial U.S. Securities upon notice by the Global
Coordinator to the Company setting forth the number of U.S. Option Securities as
to which the several U.S. Underwriters are then exercising the option and the
time and date of payment and delivery for such U.S. Option Securities.  Any such
time and date of delivery (a "Date of Delivery") shall be determined by the
Global Coordinator, but shall not be later than seven full business days after
the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time, as
hereinafter defined.  If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the
U.S. Option Securities, each of the U.S. Underwriters, acting severally  and not
jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of U.S. Option
Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial U.S. Securities set
forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such U.S. Underwriter bears to the
total number of Initial U.S. Securities, subject  in each  case to  such
adjustments as  the U.S. Representatives in their discretion shall make to
eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.
   
     (c)  Payment.  Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of
certificates for, the Initial U.S. Securities shall be made at the offices of
Mayer, Brown & Platt, 190 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois, or at such
other place as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator, the Company and
the Selling Shareholders, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the third (fourth, if
the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on any given day) business day
after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10), or such other time not later than seven business days after such 
date as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator, the Company and the 
Selling Shareholders (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein 
called "Closing Time").
    
     In addition, in the event that any or all of the U.S. Option Securities are
purchased by the U.S. Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and
delivery of certificates for, such U.S. Option Securities shall be made at the
above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the
Global Coordinator and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the
notice from the Global Coordinator to the Company.

     Payment shall be made to the Company and the Selling Shareholders by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to bank accounts designated by the
Company and the Custodian pursuant to each Selling Shareholder's Power of
Attorney and Custody Agreement, as the case may be, against delivery to the U.S.
Representatives for the respective accounts of the U.S. Underwriters of
certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them.  It is understood that
each U.S. Underwriter has authorized the U.S. Representatives, for its account,
to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for,
the Initial U.S. Securities and the U.S. Option Securities, if any, which it has
agreed to purchase.  Merrill Lynch, individually and not as representative of
the U.S. Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the
purchase price for the Initial U.S. Securities or the U.S. Option Securities, if
any, to be purchased by any U.S. Underwriter whose funds have not been received
by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but
such payment shall not relieve such U.S. Underwriter from its obligations
hereunder.





     
                                       15
<PAGE>   20




   
     (d)   Denominations;  Registration.    Certificates  for  the Initial U.S.
Securities and  the U.S. Option Securities,  if any, shall  be in such
denominations  and registered in  such names as the U.S. Representatives may
request in writing at least two full business days before  the Closing  Time or
the relevant  Date of Delivery, as the case may be.   The certificates for the
Initial U.S. Securities and the  U.S. Option Securities, if any, will be made
available  for  examination   and  packaging  by  the  U.S. Representatives in
the City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M.  (Eastern time) on  the business
day prior to  the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may
be.
    

     SECTION 3. Covenants of  the Company.  The  Company covenants with each
U.S. Underwriter as follows:

     (a)   Compliance with Securities  Regulations and  Commission Requests. The
Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A
or Rule 434,  as applicable,  and will notify  the Global Coordinator
immediately,  and confirm the notice in writing, (i)  when any post-effective
amendment  to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any
supplement to the Prospectuses  or any amended Prospectuses shall  have been
filed, (ii) of the  receipt of any comments from  the Commission, (iii) of any
request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration  Statement or
any  amendment or  supplement to  the Prospectuses  or  for additional
information,  and  (iv) of  the issuance  by the  Commission  of any  stop
order suspending  the effectiveness  of  the Registration  Statement  or  of any
order preventing or  suspending the use of  any preliminary prospectus, or of
the suspension of the qualification of the  Securities for offering or sale  in
any jurisdiction, or of  the initiation  or threatening of any  proceedings for
any of such  purposes.   The Company will  promptly effect  the filings
necessary  pursuant to Rule 424(b) and  will take  such steps as  it deems
necessary  to ascertain promptly  whether the forms  of prospectus transmitted
for  filing  under Rule  424(b) was  received  for filing  by the Commission
and, in  the event that  it was not, it  will promptly file such prospectuses.
The Company will make  every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any
stop order and, if any stop order  is issued, to obtain  the lifting thereof  at
the earliest possible moment.

     (b)   Filing of Amendments.  The Company will give the Global Coordinator
notice of  its  intention  to  file or  prepare  any amendment to  the
Registration  Statement (including  any filing under Rule 462(b)), any Term
Sheet or  any amendment, supplement or  revision   to  either   the prospectuses
included   in  the Registration  Statement at the time it became effective or to
the Prospectuses, will furnish the  Global Coordinator with copies of any  such
documents  a reasonable  amount of time prior  to such proposed filing or use,
as the case may be, and will not file or use  any such document to which the
Global Coordinator or counsel for the U.S. Underwriters shall object.

     (c)   Delivery of  Registration Statements.  The  Company has furnished or
will deliver to the U.S. Representatives and counsel for  the U.S. Underwriters,
without charge,  signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally
filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith  or
incorporated  by reference  therein and  documents incorporated or  deemed to
be incorporated  by  reference therein)  and signed  copies of  all consents and
certificates  of experts, and  will also deliver  to the U.S. Representatives,
without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally
filed and of each amendment thereto  (without exhibits)  for each  of the  U.S.
Underwriters.  The copies  of the  Registration  Statement  and each  amendment
thereto furnished to


                                       16


          
<PAGE>   21





   the U.S. Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted 
   copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the 
   extent permitted by Regulation S-T.


   

        (d)   Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company hereby consents to the  
   use of the copies of each preliminary prospectus previously delivered
   to the U.S. Underwriters for purposes permitted by the 1933  Act. The 
   Company will furnish  to each  U.S.  Underwriter, without charge,
   during the period when the U.S. Prospectus is required to be delivered 
   under the 1933 Act or  the 1934 Act, such number of  copies of the U.S.  
   Prospectus (as amended or  supplemented) as such U.S. Underwriter may  
   reasonably request.  The U.S.  Prospectus and any amendments or supplements
   thereto furnished to the U.S. Underwriters will be identical to the 
   electronically transmitted copies thereof  filed with  the Commission
   pursuant  to EDGAR,  except  to the  extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

    

        (e)   Continued Compliance with Securities Laws.  The Company will
   comply  with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the
   completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated  in  this
   Agreement,  the  International  Purchase Agreement  and in  the 
   Prospectuses. If  at  any time  when  a prospectus is required by the
   1933 Act to be delivered  in connection with sales of the Securities, any
   event shall occur or condition  shall exist as a result of which it is
   necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the U.S. Underwriters or for
   the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the
   Prospectuses in order that the Prospectuses will not include any  untrue 
   statements of a material fact  or omit to state a material fact  necessary
   in order to make  the statements therein not misleading in the light of the
   circumstances existing at the  time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if
   it shall be necessary, in  the opinion of such counsel, at any such time 
   to amend the  Registration Statement  or amend or supplement the 
   Prospectuses in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act  or  
   the 1933 Act  Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file 
   with the  Commission, subject to Section 3(b), such  amendment or 
   supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to
   make the Registration  Statement or the Prospectuses  comply with such 
   requirements,  and the Company will furnish to the U.S. Underwriters such
   number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the U.S. Underwriters  
   may reasonably request.

        (f)   Blue Sky Qualifications.  The Company will use its best efforts,
   in cooperation with the U.S. Underwriters, to qualify the Securities
   for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such
   states and other jurisdictions (domestic or  foreign) as the Global
   Coordinator may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect
   for a period of not less than one year from the later of the effective  
   date of  the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b)  Registration 
   Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated 
   to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as  a 
   foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction
   in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in
   respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise 
   so  subject. In each jurisdiction in which  the Securities have been so 
   qualified, the Company  will file such statements and reports as may be 
   required by the laws of such  jurisdiction to continue such qualification 
   in  effect  for a  period  of not  less  than one  year  from the effective
   date  of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration 
   Statement.





          


                                      17
<PAGE>   22





        (g)  Rule 158.   The Company  will timely file  such reports pursuant
    to the  1934  Act as are necessary in order to make generally 
    available to its security holders as soon as practicable an 
    earnings statement  for the purposes  of, and  to provide  the  benefits
    contemplated by,  the  last paragraph  of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

        (h)  Use of Proceeds.  The Company will use the net proceeds received
   by  it from the  sale of  the Securities  in the  manner specified in the
   Prospectuses under "Use of Proceeds".

        (i)  Listing.   The  Company  will use  its best  efforts to effect the
   listing  of the  Securities  on the  Nasdaq  National Market.

   

        (j)  Restriction on Sale of Securities.  Except as described in the
   Registration Statement, during  a period of 120 days from the date of the 
   Prospectuses, the Company will not, without the  prior written consent of 
   Merrill Lynch, (i) directly or indirectly,  offer, pledge, sell,  contract 
   to sell,  sell any option or contract to  purchase, purchase any option  or
   contract to  sell, grant  any  option, right  or warrant to  purchase  or 
   otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock or any 
   securities  convertible into  or exercisable or exchangeable for Common 
   Stock  or file any  registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect 
   to any  of the foregoing or (ii) enter  into any swap or any other 
   agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole  or in  part,   
   directly  or  indirectly,   the  economic consequence of ownership of the  
   Common Stock, whether  any such swap or transaction described in clause 
   (i) or (ii)  above is to be  settled by delivery of Common Stock or such 
   other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall  not 
   apply to (A)  the  sale   of  the  Securities hereunder  or  under   the 
   International Purchase Agreement, (B)  any shares of Common Stock issued  
   by the Company upon the exercise  of an option or warrant outstanding  on  
   the   date  hereof  and   referred  to  in   the Prospectuses  or (C) any 
   shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase  Common Stock  granted
   pursuant to  existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in 
   the Prospectuses.

    

        (k)  Reporting Requirements.  The Company, during the period when the
   Prospectuses are required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934
   Act, will file all documents required to be filed with  the Commission
   pursuant to  the 1934  Act within  the time periods required by the 1934 Act
   and the 1934 Act Regulations.

        SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.  (a) Expenses.  The Company will pay 
   or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its
   obligations under this Agreement, including (i)  the  preparation,  
   printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including   financial  
   statements  and  exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment 
   thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the U.S. 
   Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among U.S. Underwriters  and 
   such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering,
   purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the  
   preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the  
   Securities to the  U.S. Underwriters, including any stock or other 
   transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, 
   issuance or delivery of  the Securities to the  U.S. Underwriters and  the 
   transfer of the Securities between the U.S. Underwriters and the 
   International Managers, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company's  
   counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of  the  
   Securities  under  securities laws  in accordance with the provisions  of 
   Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the





          



                                      18
<PAGE>   23



   


   reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the U.S. Underwriters       
   in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue   
   Sky Survey and any  supplement thereto, in an amount not to exceed $5,000,
   (vi) the printing and delivery to  the U.S. Underwriters of copies of each
   preliminary  prospectus, any Term  Sheets and of the Prospectuses and any
   amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and
   delivery to the U.S. Underwriters of  copies  of the Blue Sky Survey and any
   supplement thereto, (viii) the fees  and expenses of any  transfer agent or
   registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to the review 
   by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") of the
   terms of the sale of the Securities and (x) the fees and expenses incurred
   in connection with the inclusion of the Securities in the Nasdaq National
   Market.
    

   

        (b)  Expenses of the Selling Shareholders. The Selling Shareholders  
   will pay all expenses incident to the  performance of their respective 
   obligations under, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
   this Agreement, including (i) any stamp duties, capital duties and stock 
   transfer taxes, if any, payable  upon the sale of the Securities to the 
   U.S. Underwriters and (ii) the fees and disbursements of their respective 
   counsel and accountants.
    

   

        (c)  Termination  of  Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated
   by the U.S. Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section
   5, Section 9(a)(i) or Section 11 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the 
   U.S. Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses to third parties,
   including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the U.S. 
   Underwriters.

    

        SECTION 5. Conditions of U.S. Underwriters' Obligations.  The
   obligations of the several U.S. Underwriters hereunder are subject to
   the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the
   Selling Shareholders contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of
   any officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or on behalf
   of any Selling Shareholder delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to
   the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations
   hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

        (a)  Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration  
   Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become 
   effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
   the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the  1933  Act or  
   proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any 
   request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall 
   have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of  counsel to the 
   U.S. Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule  430A Information  
   shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance  with  Rule  424(b)
   (or  a  post-effective  amendment providing  such information  shall have  
   been filed  and declared effective in accordance





          





                                      19
<PAGE>   24





   with the requirements of Rule 430A) or, if the Company has elected to rely 
   upon Rule 434, a Term Sheet shall have been filed with the Commission
   in accordance with Rule 424(b).

        (b)  Opinion of Counsel for Company. At Closing Time, the U.S.
   Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of
   Closing Time, of Tenzer Greenblatt LLP, counsel for the Company, in form
   and substance satisfactory to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters, together
   with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other
   U.S. Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto and to such
   further effect as counsel to the U.S. Underwriters may reasonably request.

   
        (c)  Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Shareholders. At Closing
   Time, the U.S. Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion,
   dated as of Closing Time, of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan, as counsel to 
   Joseph Forer, and  Klehr, Harrison, Harvey, Branzburg &  Ellers, as  
   counsel to Robert Picow, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for 
   the U.S. Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such 
   letter for each of the other U.S. Underwriters to the effect  set forth in 
   Exhibit B hereto  and to such further effect as counsel to the U.S. 
   Underwriters may reasonably request.

    

        (d)  Opinion of Counsel for U.S. Underwriters. At Closing Time, the
   U.S. Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as
   of Closing Time, of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for the U.S. Underwriters,
   together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the 
   other U.S. Underwriters with respect to the matters set forth in clauses (i)
   (solely as to existence and good standing), (ii), (v), (vi) (solely as to 
   preemptive or other similar rights arising by operation of law or under the 
   charter or by-laws of the Company), (viii) through (x), inclusive, (xii), 
   (xiv) (solely as to the information in the Prospectus under "Description of
   Capital Stock--Common Stock") and the penultimate paragraph of Exhibit A 
   hereto. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters  
   governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the  State of 
   New York, the federal law of the United States and  the General Corporation
   Law of the State of Delaware, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to 
   the U.S. Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such 
   opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem 
   proper, upon certificates of officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, 
   certificates on behalf  of the Selling Shareholders and certificates of 
   public officials.

        (e)  Officers' Certificate.  At Closing Time, there shall not have
   been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which
   information is given in the Prospectuses, any material adverse change in
   the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs
   or business prospects of the Company  and its subsidiaries considered as
   one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, 
   and the U.S. Representatives shall have received a certificate of the 
   President or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief financial or 
   chief accounting officer of the Company, dated as of Closing Time, to  the 
   effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the 
   representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct 
   with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of  
   Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and 
   satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied  at or 
   prior to Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the










                                      20





          
<PAGE>   25




   

   effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no
   proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to
   the best of the Company's knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission.
    

        (f)   Certificate of Selling Shareholders.   At Closing Time, the  U.S.
   Representatives shall have received a certificate of an Attorney-in-Fact on
   behalf of each Selling Shareholder, dated as of Closing Time, to  the
   effect that (i) the representations and warranties of each Selling
   Shareholder contained in Section 1(b) hereof are true and correct in all
   respects with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as
   of Closing Time and (ii) each Selling Shareholder has complied in all
   material respects with all agreements and all conditions on its part to be
   performed under this Agreement at or prior to Closing Time.

        (g)   Accountant's  Comfort  Letter.    At the  time of the execution
   of this Agreement,  the U.S. Representatives shall have received from Ernst
   & Young a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the
   U.S. Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such
   letter for each of the other U.S.  Underwriters containing statements  and
   information of the type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort
   letters" to U.S. Underwriters with respect to the financial statements
   and certain financial information contained in the Registration
   Statement and the Prospectuses.

   

        (h)   Bring-down Comfort  Letter.  At Closing  Time, the U.S.
   Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter, dated as
   of Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in
   the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section,  except
   that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than
   three business days prior to Closing Time.
    

        (i)   Approval of Listing.  At Closing Time, the Securities shall
   have been approved for inclusion in the Nasdaq National Market, subject
   only to official notice of issuance.

        (j)   No Objection.  The NASD has confirmed that it has not raised
   any objection with respect to the fairness  and reasonableness of
   the underwriting terms and arrangements.

        (k)   Lock-up Agreements.  At the date of this Agreement, the U.S.
   Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in
   the form of Exhibit C hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule D
   hereto.

        (l)   Purchase of Initial International Securities.
   Contemporaneously with the purchase by the U.S. Underwriters of the
   Initial U.S. Securities under this Agreement, the International
   Managers shall have purchased the Initial International
   Securities under the International Purchase Agreement.

        (m)   Conditions to Purchase of U.S. Option Securities.  In the event
   that the U.S. Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section
   2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the U.S. Option Securities,
   the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and
   the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company or any
   subsidiary of the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of




                                       21
          
<PAGE>   26





   each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery,  the U.S.
   Representative(s) shall have received:

             (i)   Officers' Certificate.  A certificate, dated such Date of
        Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of
        the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company
        confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time
        pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such
        Date of Delivery.


             (ii)  Opinion of Counsel for Company.   The favorable opinion of
        Tenzer Greenblatt, counsel for the Company, in form and substance
        satisfactory to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters, dated such Date
        of Delivery, relating to the U.S. Option Securities to be
        purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same
        effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.


             (iii) Opinion of Counsel for U.S. Underwriters.   The favorable
        opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for the U.S. Underwriters,
        dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the U.S. Option Securities
        to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same
        effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.
   

             (iv)  Bring-down Comfort Letter.   A letter from Ernst & Young
        LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the U.S. Representatives and
        dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form
        and substance as the letter furnished to the U.S. Representatives
        pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the "specified date" in
        the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not
        more than five days prior to such Date of Delivery.
    

   

        (n)   Additional Documents.  At Closing Time and at each Date of
   Delivery, counsel for the U.S. Underwriters shall have been furnished
   with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the 
   purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the 
   Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of 
   any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the
   conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company
   and the Selling Shareholders in connection with the issuance and sale of
   the Securities as 

    





          
                                       22
<PAGE>   27
   


   herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and  substance
   to the U.S. Representatives and counsel for the U.S. Underwriters.
    

   

        (o)  Termination of Agreement.   If any condition specified in  this
   Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be
   fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the
   purchase of U.S. Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the
   Closing Time, the obligations of the several U.S. Underwriters to purchase
   the relevant U.S. Option Securities,  may be terminated by the U.S.
   Representatives by notice to the Company and the Selling Shareholders at
   any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the
   case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party
   to  any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that
   Sections 6, 7 and 8 shall survive any such termination and remain
   in full force and effect.
    

        SECTION 6. Indemnification.
   

        (a)  Indemnification of U.S. Underwriters.  The Company and the
   Selling  Shareholders, severally and not jointly, agree to indemnify and
   hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any
   U.S. Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
   Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the extent and in the manner set forth in
   clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below.

    
   

             (i)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
        expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue
        statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained
        in  the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto),
        including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if
        applicable, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material
        fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make  the
        statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue
        statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in
        any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any amendment or
        supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom  of
        a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
        the  light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
        misleading; provided, that, with respect to each Selling Shareholder,
        such indemnity shall be soley with respect to untrue statements or
        omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, in reliance upon
        or in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by
        such Selling Shareholder in connection with the Registration Statement
        (or any amendment thereto), such preliminary prospectus or the 
        Prospectuses (or any amendment thereto);            
    

   

             (ii)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
        expense whatsoever, as  incurred, to the  extent of the aggregate
        amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or
        proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
        threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any  such untrue
        statement or  omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or
        omission; provided that, with respect to each Selling Shareholder, 
        such indemnity shall be limited to the statements or omissions set
        forth in the proviso to Section 6(a)(i); and provided further that
        (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with 
        the written consent of the Company and the Selling Shareholders; and
    

   

             (iii)  against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred
        (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by
        Merrill Lynch), reasonably incurred in investigating,
        preparing or defending against any litigation,  or  any
        investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body,
        commenced or threatened, or any claim  whatsoever based upon any such
        untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or
        omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or
        (ii) above; provided that, with respect to each Selling Shareholder,
        such indemnity shall be limited to the statements or omissions set
        forth in the proviso to Section 6(a)(i); 
    

                                       23

          
<PAGE>   28




   

  provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss,
  liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue
  statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in 
  reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
  Company  by any  U.S. Underwriter through the U.S. Representatives expressly
  for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including
  the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any
  preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any amendment or supplement
  thereto); provided, further, however, that as to any preliminary prospectus,
  any preliminary prospectus supplement, the Prospectus or any amendment or
  supplement thereto, this indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit
  of any U.S. Underwriter on account of any loss, liability, claim, damage or
  expense arising from the fact that such U.S. Underwriter sold Securities to a
  person as to whom it shall be established that there was not sent or given,
  at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the U.S.
  Prospectus or of the U.S. Prospectus as then amended or supplemented in any
  case where such delivery is required by the 1933 Act if the Company has
  previously furnished copies thereof in sufficient quantity to such U.S.
  Underwriter and the loss, claim, damage or liability of such U.S. Underwriter
  results from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in
  such preliminary prospectus, preliminary prosectus supplement, U.S.
  Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, which was corrected in the
  U.S. Prospectus or in the U.S. Prospectus as then amended or supplemented.
    

        (b)  Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and Selling
   Shareholders. Each U.S. Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold
   harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the
   Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the
   Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20
   of the 1934 Act, and each Selling Shareholder against any and all loss,
   liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in
   subsection  (a)  of this  Section, as incurred, but  only  with respect
   to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged  untrue statements or
   omissions, made in the  Registration Statement (or any amendment  thereto),
   including the Rule 430A Information and the  Rule 434 Information,  if
   applicable, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any
   amendment or supplement thereto) in  reliance upon  and in conformity
   with  written information furnished to the Company by such  U.S.
   Underwriter through the U.S. Representatives expressly for use in
   the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto)  or such
   preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any amendment or supplement
   thereto).

   

        (c)  Actions against Parties;  Notification.     Each
   indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably
   practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it
   in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but  failure to so
   notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party
   from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially
   prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from
   any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this
   indemnity agreement.   In the case of parties indemnified  pursuant to
   Section 6(a) above, counsel to the  indemnified parties shall be  selected
   by Merrill Lynch,  and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to
   Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected
   by the Company  or the relevant Selling Shareholder.    An indemnifying  
   party may  participate at its own expense in the defense of any  such action;
   provided,  however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not
   (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the
   indemnified party.  In no  event shall the indemnifying  parties be liable
   for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any
   local counsel)  separate from their own counsel for all indemnified
   parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or
   related actions in the  same jurisdiction arising out of the same general
   allegations or circumstances.  No indemnifying party shall, without the
   prior  written consent of the indemnified parties,  settle or compromise
   or  consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation,
   or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency  or  body,
   commenced  or threatened,  or  any claim  whatsoever in respect of
   which indemnification  or contribution  could  be sought under this
   Section 6 or  Section 7  hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties
   are actual or potential parties thereto),  unless such settlement,
   compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each
   indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation,
   investigation, proceeding or claim
    


                                       24


          
<PAGE>   29





   and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault,
   culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified
   party.

        (d)   Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse.  If at any
   time an indemnified party shall  have requested an indemnifying party
   to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of  counsel, such
   indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of
   the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written
   consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days  after
   receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii)
   such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such
   settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into
   and (iii)  such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such
   indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such
   settlement.

        (e)  Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification.  The provisions
   of this Section shall not affect any agreement among the Company and
   the Selling Shareholders with respect to indemnification.

   

       SECTION 7. Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in Section 
  6  hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient (other than by its
  terms) to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses,
  liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein,  then each
  indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses,
  liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party,
  as incurred, (i) in such  proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
  relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling  Shareholders on
  the one hand and the U.S. Underwriters on the other hand from the offering 
  of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation 
  provided  by  clause (i) is not  permitted  by applicable law, in such
  proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits 
  referred to in  clause (i) above but  also the relative  fault of the Company
  and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and of the U.S. Underwriters on
  the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted
  in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any
  other relevant equitable considerations.

    

   

        The  relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling
   Shareholders on the one hand and the U.S. Underwriters on the  other hand in
   connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement
   shall be  deemed to  be in the same respective proportions as the total
   net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this
   Agreement (before deducting  expenses) received by the Company and the
   Selling Shareholders and the total  underwriting discount received by the
   U.S. Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the U.S.
   Prospectus, or,  if  Rule 434 is used, the corresponding location on the
   Term  Sheet, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the
   Securities as set forth on such cover.
    

        The  relative fault of the Company and the Selling
   Shareholders on the one hand and the U.S. Underwriters on the other
   hand shall be determined by reference  to, among other things,  whether
   any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission
   or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
   supplied by the Company or the Selling Shareholders or by the U.S.
   Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
   information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
   omission.





          
                                       25
<PAGE>   30





        The  Company,   the  Selling   Shareholders  and   the  U.S.
   Underwriters agree that  it would  not be just  and equitable  if
   contribution pursuant  to this Section  7 were determined  by pro rata
   allocation (even if  the U.S. Underwriters  were treated as one entity for
   such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which  does  not take
   account  of  the equitable  considerations referred to  above in this
   Section 7.   The aggregate  amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages
   and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred  to above in this
   Section  7 shall be  deemed to  include  any legal  or  other expenses
   reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or
   defending  against  any  litigation,  or  any   investigation  or proceeding
   by  any governmental  agency  or  body, commenced  or threatened, or any
   claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or
   omission or alleged omission.

        Notwithstanding the  provisions of  this Section 7,  no U.S.
   Underwriter shall  be required to contribute any amount in excess of  the
   amount  by which  the  total  price  at  which the  U.S.  Securities
   underwritten by it and distributed  to the public were offered to the
   public exceeds  the amount of  any damages  which such U.S.  Underwriter
   has otherwise  been  required to  pay  by reason of any such untrue or
   alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

        No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
   of Section 11(f) of  the 1933 Act)  shall be entitled to contribution  from
   any  person  who   was  not  guilty  of  such fraudulent misrepresentation.

        For purposes of  this Section  7, each person,  if any,  who controls a
   U.S. Underwriter  within the meaning of Section  15 of the  1933 Act or
   Section  20 of the 1934  Act shall have the same rights  to  contribution
   as  such  U.S.  Underwriter,  and  each director of the Company,  each
   officer of the Company  who signed the Registration Statement, and each
   person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning  of Section 15
   of the 1933  Act or Section  20  of  the 1934  Act  shall  have  the same
   rights  to contribution as  the Company.  The U.S. Underwriters'  respective
   obligations  to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in
   proportion to the number of Initial U.S. Securities set forth opposite
   their respective  names in  Schedule A  hereto and  not joint.

        The  provisions  of  this   Section  shall  not  affect  any agreement
   among the  Company and  the Selling  Shareholders with respect to
   contribution.

        SECTION 8. Representations,  Warranties   and  Agreements  to Survive
   Delivery.  All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this
   Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company  or any of  its
   subsidiaries or  the Selling Shareholders submitted  pursuant hereto,  shall
   remain  operative and  in full force and effect, regardless  of any
   investigation made by  or on behalf of any U.S. Underwriter or controlling
   person, or by or on behalf  of  the Company  or the  Selling Shareholders,
   and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the U.S. Underwriters.

        SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.

        (a)   Termination; General.    The U.S.  Representatives  may terminate
   this Agreement,  by  notice  to  the Company  and  the Selling Shareholders,
   at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i) if





                                      26
<PAGE>   31





there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement  or since  the
respective dates as of which information is given in the U.S. Prospectus,
any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or
in  the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the
ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material
adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the
international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation
thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a
prospective change in national or international political, financial or
economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it,
in the judgment of the U.S. Representatives, impracticable to market the
Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if
trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially
limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq National Market, or if trading
generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange or in
the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or
minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for
prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by
order of the Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. or any other governmental authority, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has
been  declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

   

     (b)   Liabilities.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this
Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any
other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further
that Sections 6, 7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full
force and effect.
    

     SECTION 10.  Default by One or More of the U.S. Underwriters.  If one or
more of the U.S. Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery
to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under
this Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the U.S. Representatives shall
have the right, within 24-hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or
more of the non-defaulting  U.S. Underwriters, or any  other U.S. Underwriters,
to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such
amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however,
the U.S. Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such
24-hour period, then:

     (a)   if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the
number of U.S. Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the 
non-defaulting  U.S.  Underwriters shall  be obligated, severally and not
jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their
respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting
obligations of all non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters, or

     (b)   if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of
U.S. Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect
to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of
the U.S. Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the U.S. Option
Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate
without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.



                                       27

          
<PAGE>   32





     No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting
U.S. Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

     In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination
of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the 
Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of
the U.S. Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant U.S.
Option Securities, as the case may be, either (i) the U.S. Representatives or
(ii) the Company and any Selling Shareholder shall have the right to postpone
Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period
not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the 
Registration Statement or the Prospectuses or in any other documents or 
arrangements.  As used herein, the term "U.S. Underwriter" includes any
person substituted for a U.S. Underwriter under this Section 10.

   

     SECTION 11.  Default by One or More of the Selling Shareholders or the 
Company. (a) If a Selling Shareholder shall fail at Closing Time to sell and 
deliver the number of U.S. Securities which such Selling Shareholder is 
obligated to sell hereunder, then the U.S. Underwriters may, at option of the 
U. S. Representatives, by notice from the U.S. Representatives to the Company 
and the non-defaulting Selling Shareholder, either (a) terminate this Agreement
without any liability on the part of any non-defaulting party except that the
provisions of Sections 4, 6, 7 and 8 shall remain in full force and effect or
(b) elect to purchase the U.S. Securities which the non-defaulting Selling
Shareholder and the Company have agreed to sell hereunder.  No action taken
pursuant to this Section 11 shall relieve any Selling Shareholder so defaulting
from liability, if any, in respect of such default.
    

   

     In the event of a default by any Selling Shareholder as referred to in 
this Section 11, each of (i) the U.S. Representatives, and (ii) the Company and
the non-defaulting Selling  Shareholders shall have the right to postpone 
Closing Time for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any 
required change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectuses or in any 
other documents or arrangements.
    

   
     (b)  If the Company shall fail at Closing Time or at the Date of Delivery
to sell the number of U.S. Securities that it is obligated to sell hereunder,
then this Agreement shall terminate without any  liability on the part of any
nondefaulting party; provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 4, 6,
7 and 8 shall remain in full force and effect.  No action taken pursuant to this
Section shall relieve the Company from liability, if any, in respect of such
default.
    

   

     SECTION 12. Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if hand delivered, 
mailed, delivered by a nationally recognized next-day air courier or 
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  All such notices and 
communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand,
if personally delivered; one business day after being timely delivered to a 
next-day air courier; five business days after being deposited in the mail, 
postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient's
telecopier machine, if telecopied. Notices to the U.S. Underwriters shall be 
directed to the U.S. Representatives at North Tower, World Financial Center, 
New York, New York 10281-1201, attention  of Mike O'Grady; notices to the 
Company shall be directed to it at 6402 Corporate Drive, Indianapolis,

    




          
                                       28
<PAGE>   33
   


Indiana 46728, attention of Steven E. Fivel;  notices to the Selling
Shareholders shall be directed to Robert Picow, 2 Cartagena Drive, Boca Raton,
Florida 33428 and Joseph Forer, 12370 S.W. 64th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33156,
with a copy to the Company to such person or persons designated in accordance
with this Section 12.
    

   

     SECTION 13. Parties.  This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of 
and be binding upon the U.S. Underwriters, the Company and the Selling 
Shareholders and their respective successors.  Nothing expressed or mentioned 
in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or
corporation, other than the U.S. Underwriters, the Company and the Selling
Shareholders and their respective successors and the controlling persons and
officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and
legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or
in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  This Agreement
and all conditions and provisions  hereof are intended to be for the sole and
exclusive benefit of the U.S. Underwriters, the Company and the Selling
Shareholders and their respective successors, and said  controlling persons and
officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the
benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.  No party hereto may assign
its rights or obligations, under this Agreement to any other person without, in
the case of the Company, the prior written approval of the U.S. Underwriters,
in the case of the Selling Shareholders, the prior written approval of the
Company and the U.S. Underwriters and, in the case of the U.S. Underwriters,
except as set forth in Section 10, the prior written approval of the Company. 
No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a
successor by reason merely of such purchase.
    

     SECTION 14. GOVERNING LAW AND TIME.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

     SECTION 15. Effect of Headings.  The Article and Section headings herein
and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.





          







                                       29
<PAGE>   34





     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement,
please sign and return to the Company and the Attorney-in-Fact for the Selling
Shareholders a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all
counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the U.S. Underwriters, the
Company and the Selling Shareholders in accordance with its terms.


                                      Very truly yours,

                                      BRIGHTPOINT, INC.


                                      By:
                                         Title:

                                      _________________________


                                      By:
                                         Title:
                                         As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf
                                         of the Selling Shareholders named in
                                         Schedule B hereto

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
  as of the date first above written:


MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
            INCORPORATED
COWEN & COMPANY
UBS SECURITIES LLC
SANDS BROTHERS & CO., LTD.

By: MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
                  INCORPORATED


By
           Authorized Signatory


For themselves and as U.S. Representatives of the other U.S. Underwriters named
in Schedule A hereto.





          
                                       30
<PAGE>   35





                                   SCHEDULE A


                                                           Number of
                                                            Initial
     Name of Underwriter                                  Securities
     -------------------                                  ----------

     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                          Incorporated . . . . . . . .
     Cowen & Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     UBS Securities LLC  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd.  . . . . . . . . . . .

                                                           ---------


     Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3,200,000
                                                           =========






                                  Sch A - 1

<PAGE>   36





                                   SCHEDULE B


                                     Number of Initial             
                                   Securities to be Sold        
                                   ---------------------         
                                                                
                                                                
    Brightpoint, Inc.                    1,440,000                 
                                                                
    Selling Shareholders                                        
                                                                
    Robert Picow                         1,600,000                 
                                                                
    Joseph Forer                           160,000                 
                                         ---------                       
                                                                
                                                                
    Total ...................            3,200,000       
                                         =========                       
                                                 









                                  Sch B - 1
<PAGE>   37





                               SCHEDULE C

                              BRIGHTPOINT, INC.
                       3,200,000 Shares of Common Stock
                          (Par Value $.01 Per Share)



        1.   The  initial public  offering price  per share  for the
Securities, determined as provided  in said Section 2, shall be $_____________.

        2.   The purchase price per  share for the Securities  to be paid by
the several U.S. Underwriters shall be $___________, being an amount equal to
the initial public  offering price set forth above less $_________ per share;
provided that the purchase  price per  share  for any  U.S. Option  Securities
purchased upon  the exercise  of  the over-allotment  option described  in
Section 2(b) shall be reduced by an amount per share equal  to any  dividends
or distributions  declared by the Company and  payable on the Initial  U.S.
Securities but not payable on the U.S. Option Securities.





                                  Sch C - 1
<PAGE>   38





                                  [SCHEDULE D]

                         [List of persons and entities
                              subject to lock-up]





          






                                  Sch D - 1

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 1.2
       _________________________________________________________________
       _________________________________________________________________







                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.



                            (a Delaware corporation)



                         800,000 Shares of Common Stock




                        INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT












Dated: August __, 1997

 ______________________________________________________________________________
 ______________________________________________________________________________






<PAGE>   2
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
<S>         <C>                                                             <C>
SECTION 1.  Representations and Warranties.................................  4
    (a)     Representations and Warranties by the Company..................  4
            (i)      Compliance with Registration Requirements.............  4
            (ii)     Incorporated Documents................................  5
            (iii)    Independent Accountants...............................  5
            (iv)     Financial Statements..................................  5
            (v)      No Material Adverse Change in Business................  5
            (vi)     Good Standing of the Company..........................  6
            (vii)    Good Standing of Subsidiaries.........................  6
            (viii)   Capitalization........................................  6
            (ix)     Authorization of Agreement............................  7
            (x)      Authorization and Description of Securities...........  7
            (xi)     Absence of Defaults and Conflicts.....................  7
            (xii)    Absence of Labor Dispute..............................  8 
            (xiii)   Absence of Proceedings................................  8
            (xiv)    Accuracy of Exhibits..................................  8
            (xv)     Absence of Price Stabilization........................  9
            (xvi)    Possession of Intellectual Property...................  9
            (xvii)   Absence of Further Requirements.......................  9
            (xviii)  Possession of Licenses and Permits.................... 10
            (xix)    Title to Property..................................... 10
            (xx)     Taxes................................................. 10
            (xxi)    Maintenance of Adequate Insurance..................... 10
            (xxii)   Maintenance of Sufficient Internal Controls........... 11
            (xxiii)  Compliance with Laws.................................. 11
            (xxiv)   Imports/Exports....................................... 11
            (xxv)    Compliance with Cuba Act.............................. 11
            (xxvi)   Investment Company Act................................ 11
            (xxvii)  Environmental Laws.................................... 11
            (xxviii) Registration Rights................................... 12
    (b)     Representations and Warranties by the Selling Shareholders..... 12
            (i)      Accurate Disclosure................................... 12
            (ii)     Authorization of Agreements........................... 12  
            (iii)    Good and Marketable Title............................. 13
            (iv)     Due Execution of Power of Attorney
                      and Custody Agreement................................ 13
            (v)      Absence of Manipulation............................... 14
            (vi)     Absence of Further Requirements....................... 14
            (vii)    Restriction on Sale of Securities..................... 14

</TABLE>






<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>

<S>         <C>                                                              <C>
            (viii)   Certificates Suitable for Transfer..................... 14
            (ix)     No Association with NASD............................... 15
    (c)     Officer's Certificates.......................................... 15
                                                                              
SECTION 2.  Sale and Delivery to International Managers; Closing............ 15
    (a)     Initial Securities.............................................. 15
    (b)     International Option Securitites................................ 15
    (c)     Payment......................................................... 16
                                                                              
SECTION 3.  Covenants of the Company........................................ 17
    (a)     Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests.. 17
    (b)     Filing of Amendments............................................ 17
    (c)     Delivery of Registration Statements............................. 17
    (d)     Delivery of Prospectuses........................................ 18
    (e)     Continued Compliance with Securities Laws....................... 18
    (f)     Blue Sky Qualifications......................................... 18
    (g)     Rule 158........................................................ 19
    (h)     Use of Proceeds................................................. 19
    (i)     Listing......................................................... 19
    (j)     Restriction on Sale of Securities............................... 19
    (k)     Reporting Requirements.......................................... 19
                                                                              
SECTION 4.  Payment of Expenses............................................. 20
    (a)     Expenses........................................................ 20
    (b)     Expenses of the Selling Shareholders............................ 20
    (c)     Termination of Agreement........................................ 20
                                                                              
SECTION 5.  Conditions of International Managers' Obligations............... 20
    (a)     Effectiveness of Registration Statement......................... 21
    (b)     Opinion of Counsel for Company.................................. 21
    (c)     Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Shareholders................. 21
    (d)     Opinion of Counsel for International Managers................... 21
    (e)     Officers' Certificate........................................... 22
    (f)     Certificate of Selling Shareholders............................. 22
    (g)     Accountant's Comfort Letter..................................... 22
    (h)     Bring-down Comfort Letter....................................... 22
    (i)     Approval of Listing............................................. 22
    (j)     No Objection.................................................... 23
    (k)     Lock-up Agreements.............................................. 23
    (l)     Purchase of Initial U.S. Securities............................. 23
    (m)     Conditions to Purchase of International Option Securities....... 23
            (i)     Officers' Certificate................................... 23
            (ii)    Opinion of Counsel for Company.......................... 23

</TABLE>        

<PAGE>   4

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                                                              <C>
            (iii)    Opinion of Counsel for International Managers.......... 23
            (iv)     Bring-down Comfort Letter.............................. 23
    (n)     Additional Documents............................................ 24
    (o)     Termination of Agreement........................................ 24

SECTION 6.  Indemnification................................................. 24
    (a)     Indemnification of International Managers....................... 24
    (b)     Indemnification of Company, Directors and
              Officers and Selling Shareholders............................. 25
    (c)     Actions against Parties; Notification........................... 26
    (d)     Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse.............. 26
    (e)     Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification................ 27

SECTION 7.  Contribution.................................................... 27

SECTION 8.  Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.. 28

SECTION 9.  Termination of Agreement........................................ 28
    (a)     Termination; General............................................ 28
    (b)     Liabilities..................................................... 29

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the International Managers............ 29

SECTION 11. Default by One or More of the Selling Shareholders or 
                the Company ................................................ 30

SECTION 12. Notices......................................................... 30

SECTION 13. Parties......................................................... 31

SECTION 14. Governing Law and Time.......................................... 31

SECTION 15. Effect of Headings.............................................. 31

</TABLE>







<PAGE>   5
                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.

                            (a Delaware corporation)

                         800,000 Shares of Common Stock

                           (Par Value $.01 Per Share)

                        INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                                          Dated: August __, 1997

MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
COWEN INTERNATIONAL L.P.
UBS LIMITED
SANDS BROTHERS & CO., LTD.
     as Lead Manager(s) of the several International Managers
c/o  Merrill Lynch International
Ropemaker Place
25 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9LY
England

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Brightpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the persons
listed in Schedule B hereto (the "Selling Shareholders") confirm their
respective agreements with Merrill Lynch International ("Merrill Lynch") and
each of the other international managers named in Schedule A hereto
(collectively, the "International Managers", which term shall also include any
manager substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom
Merrill Lynch, Cowen International L.P., UBS Limited and Sands Brothers & Co.,
Ltd. are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the "Lead Managers"),
with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the Selling Shareholders,
acting severally and not jointly, and the purchase by the International
Managers, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares
of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company ("Common Stock") set
forth in Schedules A and B hereto, and (ii) the grant by the Company to the 
International Managers, acting severally and not jointly, of the option
described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of 120,000 
additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any.  The
aforesaid 800,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Initial International
Securities") to be purchased by the International Managers and all or any part
of the 120,000 shares of Common 




<PAGE>   6
Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the 
"International Option Securities") are hereinafter called, collectively, the
"International Securities."

     It is understood that the Company and the Selling Shareholders are
concurrently entering into an agreement dated the date hereof (the "U.S.
Purchase Agreement") providing for the offering by the Company and the Selling
Shareholders of an aggregate of 3,200,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Initial
U.S. Securities") through arrangements with certain underwriters in the United
States and Canada (the "U.S. Underwriters") for which Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Cowen & Company, UBS Securities LLC and Sands
Brothers & Co., Ltd. are acting as representatives (the "U.S. Representatives")
and the grant by the Company to the U.S. Underwriters, acting severally and not
jointly, of an option to purchase all or any part of the U.S. Underwriters' pro
rata portion of up to 480,000 additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover
over allotments, if any (the "U.S. Option Securities" and, together with the
International Option Securities, the "Option Securities.")  The Initial U.S.
Securities and the U.S. Option Securities are hereinafter called the "U.S.
Securities."  It is understood that (a) neither the Company nor the Selling
Shareholders are obligated to sell and the International Managers are not
obligated to purchase, any Initial International Securities unless all of the
Initial U.S. Securities are contemporaneously purchased by the U.S.
Underwriters and (b) neither the Company nor the Selling Shareholders are
obligated to sell and the U.S. Underwriters are not obligated to purchase any
U.S. Securities unless all of the Initial International Securities are
contemporaneously purchased by the International Managers.

     The International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters are hereinafter
collectively called the "Underwriters", the Initial International Securities
and the Initial U.S. Securities are hereinafter collectively called the
"Initial Securities", and the International Securities, and the U.S. Securities
are hereinafter collectively called the "Securities."

     The Underwriters will concurrently enter into an Intersyndicate Agreement
of even date herewith (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") providing for the
coordination of certain transactions among the Underwriters under the
direction of Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated (in such capacity, the "Global Coordinator").

     The Company and the Selling Shareholders understand that the International
Managers propose to make a public offering of the International Securities as
soon as the Lead Managers deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed
and delivered.

     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-29533) covering the
registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "1933 Act"), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses.
Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will
either (i) prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of
Rule 430A ("Rule 430A") of the rules and regulations of the Commission under
the 1933 Act (the "1933 Act Regulations") and paragraph (b) of Rule 424 ("Rule
424(b)") of the 1933 Act Regulations or (ii) if the Company has elected to rely
upon Rule 434 ("Rule 434") of the 1933 



                                      -2-
 
<PAGE>   7
Act Regulations, prepare and file a term sheet (a "Term Sheet") in accordance
with the provisions of Rule 434 and Rule 424(b).  Two forms of prospectus are 
to be used in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities: one
relating to the International Securities (the "Form of International
Prospectus") and one relating to the U.S. Securities (the "Form of U.S.
Prospectus").  The Form of International Prospectus is identical to the Form of
U.S. Prospectus, except for the front cover and back cover pages and    the
information under the caption "Underwriting" and the inclusion in the Form of
International Prospectus of a section under the caption "Certain United States
Tax Considerations for Non-United States Holders." The information included in
any such prospectus or in any such Term Sheet, as the case may be, that was
omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but
that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became
effective (a) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred to as "Rule
430A Information" or (b) pursuant to paragraph (d) of Rule 434 is referred to
as "Rule 434 Information."  Each Form of International Prospectus and Form of
U.S. Prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and
any prospectus that omitted, as applicable, the Rule 430A Information or the
Rule 434 Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a "preliminary
prospectus."  Such registration statement, including the exhibits thereto,
schedules thereto, if any, and the documents incorporated by reference therein
pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3 under the 1933 Act, at the time it became
effective and including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information,
as applicable, is herein called the "Registration Statement."  Any registration
statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein
referred to as the "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement," and after such filing
the term "Registration Statement" shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement.  The final Form of International Prospectus and the final Form of
U.S. Prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference therein
pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3 under the 1933 Act, in the forms first
furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the
Securities are herein called the "International Prospectus" and the "U.S.
Prospectus," respectively, and collectively, the "Prospectuses."  If Rule 434
is relied on, the terms "International Prospectus" and "U.S. Prospectus" shall
refer to the preliminary International Prospectus dated July 15, 1997 and
preliminary U.S. Prospectus dated July 15, 1997, respectively, each together
with the applicable Term Sheet and all references in this Agreement to the date
of such Prospectuses shall mean the date of the applicable Term Sheet.  For
purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any
preliminary prospectus, the International Prospectus, the U.S. Prospectus or
any Term Sheet or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be
deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic
Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system ("EDGAR").

     All references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and
other information which is "contained," "included" or "stated" in the
Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus (including the Form of U.S.
Prospectus and Form of International Prospectus) or the Prospectuses (or other
references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such
financial statements and schedules and other information which is incorporated
by reference in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus
(including the Form of U.S. Prospectus and Form of International Prospectus) or
the Prospectuses, as the case may be; 





                                     -3-
<PAGE>   8
and all references in this Agreement to amendments or supplements to the
Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses shall be
deemed to mean and include the filing of any document under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act") which is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, such preliminary
prospectus or the Prospectuses, as the case may be.

     SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.

     (a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company represents
and warrants to each International Manager as of the date hereof, as of the 
Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of 
Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each
International Manager, as follows:

           (i) Compliance with Registration Requirements.  The Company meets
      the requirements for use of Form S-3 under the 1933 Act.  Each of the
      Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has
      become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the
      effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b)
      Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act and no
      proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to
      the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any
      request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been
      complied with.

      At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b)
      Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became
      effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any International Option
      Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration
      Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments and
      supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects
      with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and
      did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or
      omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
      to make the statements therein not misleading.  Neither of the
      Prospectuses nor any amendments or supplements thereto, at the time the
      Prospectuses or any amendments or supplements thereto were issued and at
      the Closing Time (and, if any International Option Securities are
      purchased, at the Date of Delivery), included or will include an untrue
      statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material
      fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of
      the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  If Rule
      434 is used, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 434.
      The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to
      statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the
      International Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with
      information furnished to the Company in writing by any International
      Manager through the Lead Managers expressly for use in the Registration
      Statement or the International Prospectus.






                                     -4-
<PAGE>   9
      Each preliminary prospectus and the prospectuses filed as part of the
      Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment
      thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act, complied when
      so filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act Regulations and each
      preliminary prospectus and the Prospectuses delivered to the Underwriters
      for use in connection with this offering was identical to the
      electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission
      pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.  The
      Company has delivered to each International Manager, without charge, as
      many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such International Manager
      reasonably requested.

           (ii) Incorporated Documents.  The documents incorporated or deemed
      to be incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and the
      Prospectuses, at the time they were or hereafter are filed with the
      Commission, complied and will comply in all material respects with the
      requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the
      Commission thereunder (the "1934 Act Regulations") and, when read
      together with the other information in the Prospectuses, at the time the
      Registration Statement became effective, at the time the Prospectuses
      were issued and at the Closing Time (and, if any International Option
      Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), did not and will not
      contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
      material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
      statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
      made, not misleading.

           (iii) Independent Accountants.  To the best of the Company's
      knowledge, the accountants who certified the financial statements and
      supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement are
      independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933
      Act Regulations.

           (iv) Financial Statements.  The consolidated financial statements
      included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses, together
      with the related schedules and notes, present fairly the financial
      position of the Company as consolidated with its subsidiaries at the
      dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders' equity and
      cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the
      periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in
      conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied
      on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.  The supporting
      schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in
      accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein.  
      The selected financial data and the summary financial information 
      included in the Prospectuses present fairly the information shown therein
      and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited 
      financial statements included in the Registration Statement.

           (v) No Material Adverse Change in Business.  Since the respective
      dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and
      the Prospectuses, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been
      no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or
      in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the 






                                     -5-


<PAGE>   10
      Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not
      arising in the ordinary course of business (a "Material Adverse Effect"),
      (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of
      its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business,
      which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries
      considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or
      distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any
      class of its capital stock.

           (vi) Good Standing of the Company.  The Company has been duly
      organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
      the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority
      to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as
      described in the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its
      obligations under this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement; and the
      Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business
      and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such
      qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing
      of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to
      qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse
      Effect.

           (vii) Good Standing of Subsidiaries.  Each "significant subsidiary"
      of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X)
      (each a "Subsidiary" and, collectively, the "Subsidiaries") has been duly
      organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
      the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has corporate power
      and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
      business as described in the Prospectuses and is duly qualified as a      
      foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each
      jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason
      of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business,
      except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would
      not result in a Material Adverse Effect; except for RPS Industries
      Company Limited of which the Company owns 67% of the issued and
      outstanding equity securities and which is not a "significant subsidiary"
      as defined above or except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration
      Statement, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each such
      Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and
      non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through
      subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge,
      lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the outstanding shares of
      capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of the preemptive
      or similar rights of any security holder of such Subsidiary.  The only
      subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21 to
      the Registration Statement. Except for Wireless L.L.C. of which the
      Company owns 33% of the issued and outstanding membership interests or
      except as described in the Registration Statement, the Company does not
      own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any corporation,
      partnership, limited liability company, association or other entity.

           (viii) Capitalization.  The authorized, issued and outstanding
      capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectuses in the
      column entitled "Actual" under the 




                                     -6-

<PAGE>   11
      caption "Capitalization" (except for subsequent issuances, if any,
      pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement pursuant to
      reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the
      Prospectuses or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or
      options referred to in the Prospectuses). The description of the
      Company's stock option and other stock plans or arrangements, and the
      options or other rights granted or exercised thereunder, as set forth in
      the Prospectuses, accurately and fairly describes such plans,
      arrangements, options and rights in all material respects.  The shares of
      issued and outstanding capital stock, including the Securities to be
      purchased by the Underwriters from the Selling Shareholders, have been
      duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable;
      none of the outstanding shares of capital stock, including the Securities
      to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Selling Shareholders, was
      issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any
      security holder of the Company.

           (ix) Authorization of Agreement.  This Agreement and the U.S. 
      Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by 
      the Company.

           (x) Authorization and Description of Securities.  The Securities to
      be purchased by the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters from
      the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the
      International Managers pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S.
      Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement, respectively, and,
      when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and
      the U.S. Purchase Agreement, respectively, against payment of the
      consideration set forth herein and the U.S. Purchase Agreement,
      respectively, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable;
      the Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in
      the Prospectuses and such description conforms to the rights set forth in
      the instruments defining the same; no holder of the Securities will be
      subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and the
      issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other
      similar rights of any security holder of the Company.

           (xi) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts.  Neither the Company nor any
      of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or in
      default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement,
      covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage,
      deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement
      or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party
      or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the
      property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject
      (collectively, "Agreements and Instruments") except for such defaults
      that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution,
      delivery and performance of this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase
      Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this
      Agreement, the U.S. Purchase Agreement and in the Registration Statement
      (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the
      proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Prospectuses
      under the caption "Use of Proceeds") and compliance by the Company with 






                                     -7-
<PAGE>   12
      its obligations under this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement have
      been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and
      will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time
      or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment
      Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition
      of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the
      Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments
      (except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults or liens, charges or
      encumbrances that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor
      will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter
      or by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary or any applicable law,
      statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any
      government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign,
      having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary or any of their
      assets, properties or operations.  As used herein, a "Repayment Event"
      means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note,
      debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such
      holder's behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or
      repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any
      subsidiary.

           (xii) Absence of Labor Dispute.  No labor dispute with the employees
      of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the
      Company, is imminent, and, to the best of the knowledge of the senior
      management of the Company (including heads of divisions), there is not
      any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its
      or any subsidiary's principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or
      contractors, which, in either case, may reasonably be expected to result
      in a Material Adverse Effect.

           (xiii) Absence of Proceedings.  There is no action, suit,
      proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or
      governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the
      knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or
      any subsidiary, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration
      Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or which might reasonably be
      expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or to materially and
      adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated in
      this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement or the performance by the
      Company of its obligations hereunder or thereunder; the aggregate of all
      pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any
      subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective property or
      assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration
      Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the
      business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
      Adverse Effect.

           (xiv) Accuracy of Exhibits.  All of the descriptions of contracts or
      other documents contained in the Registration Statement are accurate and
      complete descriptions of such contracts or other documents. There are no
      contracts or documents which are required to be described in the
      Registration Statement, the Prospectuses or the documents 





                                     -8-
<PAGE>   13
      incorporated by reference therein or to be filed as exhibits thereto
      which have not been so described and filed as required.

           (xv) Absence of Price Stabilization.  Neither the Company nor any of
      its officers or directors has taken or will take, directly or indirectly,
      any action designed or intended to stabilize or manipulate the price of
      any security of the Company, or which caused or resulted in, or which
      might in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in,
      stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the
      Company, nor has the Company become aware that any of its affiliates has
      taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed or intended to
      stabilize or manipulate the price of any security of the Company, or
      which caused or resulted in, or which might in the future reasonably be
      expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price
      of any security of the Company.

           (xvi) Possession of Intellectual Property.  The Company and its
      subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate
      patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how
      (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable
      proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), the
      trademark "Brightlink" (which is owned by the Company and is subject to
      final approval of its pending application in the U.S. Patent and
      Trademark Office), the service mark "Brightpoint" and the Brightpoint
      logo (which is owned by the Company and is subject to final approval of
      its pending application in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office), trade
      names or other intellectual property (collectively, "Intellectual
      Property") necessary to carry on the business now operated by them, and
      neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice
      or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted
      rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any
      facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property
      invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of
      its subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the
      subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or
      inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material
      Adverse Effect.  The Company's business as now conducted and as proposed
      to be conducted does not and, to the best of the Company's knowledge,
      will not infringe or conflict with in any material respect patents,
      trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets,
      licenses or other intellectual property or franchise right of any person.
      To the best of the Company's knowledge, no claim has been made against
      the Company alleging the infringement by the Company of any patent,
      trademark, service mark, tradename, copyright, trade secret, license in
      or other intellectual property right or franchise right of any person.

           (xvii) Absence of Further Requirements.  No filing with, or
      authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration,
      qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency
      is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its
      obligations hereunder, or under the U.S. Purchase Agreement in connection
      with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities under this
      Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement or the consummation of the
      transactions contemplated by 



                                     -9-
<PAGE>   14
      this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, except such as have been
      already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act
      Regulations and foreign or state securities laws.

           (xviii) Possession of Licenses and Permits.  The Company and its
      subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and
      other authorizations (collectively, "Governmental Licenses") issued by
      the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or
      bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them; the
      Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and
      conditions of all such Governmental Licenses; all of the Governmental
      Licenses are valid and in full force and effect; and neither the Company
      nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings
      relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental
      Licenses; except, in each case, where the lack of possession, failure to
      comply, invalidity, revocation or modification, as applicable, would not,
      singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

           (xix) Title to Property.  Neither the Company nor any of its
      subsidiaries owns any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries
      have good and marketable title to all  properties owned by them, in each
      case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security
      interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such
      as (a) are described in the Prospectuses or (b) do not, singly or in the
      aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not
      interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by
      the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and all of the leases and
      subleases material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries,
      considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its
      subsidiaries holds properties described in the Prospectuses, are in full
      force and effect, and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has any
      notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone
      adverse to the rights of the Company or any subsidiary under any of the
      leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the
      rights of the Company or such subsidiary to the continued possession of
      the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

           (xx) Taxes.  The Company has filed all necessary federal, state,
      local and foreign income, payroll, franchise and other tax returns (after
      giving effect to extensions) and has paid all taxes shown as due thereon
      or with respect to any of its properties, and there is no tax deficiency
      that has been, or to the knowledge of the Company is likely to be,
      asserted against the Company or any of its properties or assets that
      would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

           (xxi) Maintenance of Adequate Insurance.  The Company is insured by
      insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and
      risks and in such amounts as is reasonably prudent in the business in
      which it is engaged or proposed to engage after giving effect to the
      transactions described in the Prospectuses; and the Company does not have
      any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing
      insurance coverage as and when 



                                     -10-
<PAGE>   15
      such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers
      as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not 
      result in a Material Adverse Effect.

           (xxii) Maintenance of Sufficient Internal Controls.  The Company
      maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide
      reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance
      with management's general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions
      are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
      in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to
      maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted
      only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization;
      and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing
      assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with
      respect to any differences.

           (xxiii) Compliance with Laws.  To the best of the Company's
      knowledge, neither the Company nor any employee or agent of the Company
      has made any payment of funds of the Company or received or retained any
      funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation, including, without
      limitation, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

           (xxiv) Imports/Exports.  To the best of the Company's knowledge, the
      Company has paid all material tariff, custom, import, export and other
      duties required to be paid by it (if any) in connection with the
      exportation of products from the country of manufacture, the importation
      of products into the United States, the exportation of products from the
      United States and the importation of products into another country and
      has provided all appropriate authorities with the requisite information,
      all of which, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is true and
      correct, necessary for the proper determination of the foregoing.

           (xxv) Compliance with Cuba Act.  The Company has complied with, and
      is and will be in compliance with, the provisions of that certain Florida
      act relating to disclosure of doing business with Cuba, codified as
      Section 517.075 of the Florida statutes, and the rules and regulations
      thereunder (collectively, the "Cuba Act") or is exempt therefrom.

           (xxvi) Investment Company Act.  The Company is not, and upon the
      issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the
      application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the
      Prospectuses will not be, an "investment company" or an entity
      "controlled" by an "investment company" as such terms are defined in the
      Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").

           (xxvii) Environmental Laws.  Except as described in the Registration
      Statement and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in
      a Material Adverse Effect, (A) to the best of the Company's knowledge,
      neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any
      federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation,
      ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or
      administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or
      administrative order, 





                                     -11-
<PAGE>   16
      consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human
      health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air,
      surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or
      wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to
      the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants,
      wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum
      products (collectively, "Hazardous Materials") or to the manufacture,
      processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or
      handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), (B)
      the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and
      approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each
      in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to
      the best of the Company's knowledge, threatened administrative,
      regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims,
      liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or
      proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any
      of its subsidiaries and (D) to the best of the Company's knowledge, there
      are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to
      form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action,
      suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency,
      against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to
      Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

           (xxviii) Registration Rights.  Except as described in the
      Registration Statement, there are no persons with registration rights or
      other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the
      Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the
      1933 Act.

      (b) Representations and Warranties by the Selling Shareholders.  Each
Selling Shareholder severally and not jointly represents and warrants to each
International Manager  as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Time and
agrees with each International Manager, as follows:

           (i) Accurate Disclosure.  To the actual knowledge of such Selling
      Shareholder, the representations and warranties of the Company contained
      in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct in all material respects;
      such Selling Shareholder has reviewed and is familiar with the
      Registration Statement and the Prospectuses and, to the actual knowledge
      of such Selling Shareholder, neither the Prospectuses nor any amendments
      or supplements thereto includes any untrue statement of a material fact
      or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
      statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
      were made, not misleading; such Selling Shareholder is not prompted to
      sell the Securities to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder or
      under the U.S. Purchase Agreement by any information concerning the
      Company or any subsidiary of the Company which is not set forth in the
      Prospectuses and has not otherwise been previously disclosed by the
      Company in a filing with the Commission.

           (ii) Authorization of Agreements.  Each Selling Shareholder has the
      full right to enter into this Agreement, the U.S. Purchase Agreement and
      a Power of Attorney and 






                                     -12-
<PAGE>   17
      Custody Agreement (the "Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement") and to
      sell, transfer and deliver the Securities to be sold by such Selling
      Shareholder hereunder and under the U.S. Purchase Agreement.  The
      execution and delivery of this Agreement, the U.S. Purchase Agreement and
      the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement and the sale and delivery of
      the Securities to be sold by such Selling Shareholder and the
      consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and
      the U.S. Purchase Agreement and compliance by such Selling Shareholder
      with its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not and will not,
      whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both,
      conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in
      the creation or imposition of any tax, lien, charge or encumbrance upon   
      the Securities to be sold by such Selling Shareholder or any property or
      assets of such Selling Shareholder pursuant to any contract, indenture,
      mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, license, lease
      or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Shareholder is a
      party or by which such Selling Shareholder may be bound, or to which any
      of the property or assets of such Selling Shareholder is subject, nor
      will such action result in any violation of any applicable treaty, law,
      statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any
      government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign,
      having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder or any of its
      properties.

           (iii) Good and Marketable Title.  Such Selling Shareholder has and
      will at the Closing Time have good and marketable title to the Securities
      to be sold by such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement and the U.S.
      Purchase Agreement, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage,
      pledge, lien, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind, other
      than pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement; and upon
      delivery of such Securities and payment of the purchase price therefor as
      contemplated herein and therein, assuming each such Underwriter has no
      notice of any adverse claim, each of the Underwriters will receive good
      and marketable title to the Securities purchased by it from such Selling
      Shareholder, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge,
      lien, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind.

           (iv) Due Execution of Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement.  Such
      Selling Shareholder has duly executed and delivered, in the form
      heretofore furnished to the U.S. Representatives, the Power of Attorney
      and Custody Agreement with Philip A. Bounsall and Steven E. Fivel, as
      attorneys-in-fact (the "Attorneys-in-Fact") and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
      Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as custodian  (the "Custodian"); the
      Custodian is authorized to deliver the Securities to be sold by such
      Selling Shareholder under this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement
      and to accept payment therefor; and the Attorney-in-Fact is authorized to
      execute and deliver this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement and
      the certificate referred to in Section 5(f) or that may be required
      pursuant to Section 5(n) on behalf of such Selling Shareholder, to sell,
      assign and transfer to the International Managers and the U.S.
      Underwriters  the Securities to be sold by such Selling Shareholder under
      this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, respectively, to
      determine, in compliance with the limitations set forth in that certain
      Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1997, by and among the Company, Robert
      Picow and Joseph Forer (in the form previously provided to the U.S.







                                     -13-
<PAGE>   18
      Underwriters), the purchase price to be paid by the U.S. Underwriters and
      the International Managers to such Selling Shareholder, as provided in
      Section 2(a) of this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, to
      authorize the delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling
      Shareholder under this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, to
      accept payment therefor, and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling
      Shareholder in connection with this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase
      Agreement.

           (v) Absence of Manipulation.  Such Selling Shareholder has not
      taken, and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is
      designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be
      expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price
      of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the
      Securities.

           (vi) Absence of Further Requirements.  No filing with, or consent,
      approval, authorization, order, registration, qualification or decree of,
      any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign (other
      than filings which will be timely filed by such Selling Shareholder
      pursuant to the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations), is necessary or
      required for the performance by each Selling Shareholder of its
      obligations under this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement or in
      the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement, or in connection with the
      sale and delivery of the Securities under this Agreement and the U.S.
      Purchase Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
      hereunder or thereunder, except under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act
      Regulations or state securities laws.

           (vii) Restriction on Sale of Securities.  Except as specifically
      contemplated in Sections 10(c) and 11(c), respectively of  that certain
      Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1997, by and among the Company, Robert
      Picow and Joseph Forer (in the form previously provided to the
      International Managers), during a period of 120 days from the date of the
      U.S. Prospectus, such Selling Shareholder will not, without the prior
      written consent of Merrill Lynch, directly or indirectly, (i) offer,
      pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
      purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or
      warrant for the sale of, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or
      indirectly, any share of Common Stock or any securities convertible into
      or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration
      statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii)
      enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that
      transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic
      consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or
      transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by
      delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
      The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the sale of the Securities
      hereunder or under the U.S. Purchase Agreement.

           (viii) Certificates Suitable for Transfer.  Certificates for all of
      the Securities to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this
      Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, in suitable form for transfer
      by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or
      assignment in blank with signatures guaranteed, have been placed 




                                     -14-
<PAGE>   19
      in custody with the Custodian with irrevocable conditional instructions
      to deliver such Securities to the U.S. Underwriters and the International 
      Managers pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, 
      respectively.

           (ix) No Association with NASD.  Neither such Selling Shareholder nor
      any of his affiliates directly, or indirectly through one or more
      intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control
      with, or has any other association with (within the meaning of Article I,
      Section 1(m) of the By-laws of the National Association of Securities
      Dealers, Inc.), any member firm of the National Association of Securities
      Dealers, Inc.

      (c) Officer's Certificates.  Any certificate signed by any officer of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Global Coordinator, the
International Managers or to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the
Company to each U.S. Underwriter and each International Manager as to the
matters covered thereby; and any certificate signed by or on behalf of the
Selling Shareholders as such and delivered to the International Managers or to
counsel for the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by such Selling Shareholder to the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers as to the matters covered thereby.

     SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to International Managers; Closing.

     (a) Initial Securities.  On the basis of the representations and
warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, the Company and each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly,
agrees to sell to each International Manager, severally and not jointly, and
each International Manager, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from
the Company and each Selling Shareholder, at the price per share set forth in
Schedule C, that proportion of the number of Initial International Securities
set forth in Schedule B opposite the name of the Company or such Selling
Shareholder, as the case may be, which number of Initial International
Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such International
Manager, plus any additional number of Initial International Securities which
such International Manager may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the
provisions of Section 10 hereof bears to the total number of Initial
International Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the
International Managers as the Lead Managers in their sole discretion shall 
make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional securities.

     (b) International Option Securities.  In addition, on the basis of the
representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and
conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the
International Managers, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an
additional 120,000 shares of Common Stock at the price per share set forth in
Schedule C, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions
declared by the Company and payable on the Initial International Securities but
not payable on the International Option Securities.  The option hereby granted
will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in
part from time to time only for the purpose of covering 




                                     -15-

<PAGE>   20
over-allotments which may be made in connection with the offering and
distribution of the Initial International Securities upon notice by the Global
Coordinator to the Company setting forth the number of International Option
Securities as to which the several International Managers are then exercising
the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such International 
Option Securities.  Any such time and date of delivery (a "Date of Delivery")
shall be determined by the Global Coordinator, but shall not be later than
seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event 
prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined.  If the option is exercised
as to all or any portion of the International Option Securities, each of the 
International Managers, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase
that proportion of the total number of International Option Securities then
being purchased which the number of Initial International Securities set forth
in Schedule A opposite the name of such International Manager bears to the
total number of Initial International Securities, subject in each case to such
adjustments as the Global Coordinator in its discretion shall make to eliminate
any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

     (c) Payment.  Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of
certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Mayer,
Brown & Platt, 190 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois, or at such other
place as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator, the Company and the
Selling Shareholders, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the third (fourth, if the
pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on any given day) business day
after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10), or such other time not later than seven business days after such
date as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator, the Company and the
Selling Shareholders (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein
called "Closing Time").

     In addition, in the event that any or all of the International Option
Securities are purchased by the International Managers, payment of the purchase
price for, and delivery of certificates for, such International Option
Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place
as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator and the Company, on each Date
of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Global Coordinator to the
Company.

     Payment shall be made to the Company and the Selling Shareholders by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to bank accounts designated by the
Company and the Custodian pursuant to each Selling Shareholder's Power of
Attorney and Custody Agreement, as the case may be, against delivery to the
Lead Managers for the respective accounts of the International Managers of
certificates for the International Securities to be purchased by them.  It is
understood that each International Manager has authorized the Lead Managers,
for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the
purchase price for, the Initial International Securities and the International
Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase.  Merrill Lynch,
individually and not as representative of the International Managers, may (but
shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial
International Securities or the International Option Securities, if any, to be
purchased by any International Manager whose funds have not been received by
the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such
payment shall not relieve such International Manager from its obligations
hereunder.






                                     -16-
<PAGE>   21
      (d) Denominations; Registration.  Certificates for the Initial 
International Securities and the International Option Securities, if
any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Lead
Managers may request in writing at least two full business days before the
Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.  The
certificates for the Initial International Securities and the International
Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging
by the Lead Managers in the City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (Eastern
time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of
Delivery, as the case may be.

      SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company.  The Company covenants with each
International Manager as follows:

           (a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests.
      The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements
      of Rule 430A or Rule 434, as applicable, and will notify the Global
      Coordinator immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any
      post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become
      effective, or any supplement to the Prospectuses or any amended
      Prospectuses shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments
      from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any
      amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to
      the Prospectuses or for additional information, and (iv) of the issuance
      by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
      Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use
      of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification
      of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the
      initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes.
      The Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule
      424(b) and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain
      promptly whether the forms of prospectus transmitted for filing under
      Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event
      that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectuses.  The Company
      will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop
      order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at
      the earliest possible moment.

           (b) Filing of Amendments.  The Company will give the Global
      Coordinator notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to
      the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)), any
      Term Sheet or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the
      prospectuses included in the Registration Statement at the time it became
      effective or to the Prospectuses, will furnish the Global Coordinator
      with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to
      such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use
      any such document to which the Global Coordinator or counsel for the
      International Managers shall object.

           (c) Delivery of Registration Statements.  The Company has furnished
      or will deliver to the Lead Managers and counsel for the International
      Managers, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as
      originally filed and of each amendment 





                                     -17-
<PAGE>   22
      thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference
      therein and documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
      reference therein) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of
      experts, and will also deliver to the Lead Managers, without charge, a
      conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed
      and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the
      International Managers.  The copies of the Registration Statement and
      each amendment thereto furnished to the International Managers will be
      identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the
      Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by
      Regulation S-T.

           (d) Delivery of Prospectuses.  The Company hereby consents to the
      use of the copies of each preliminary prospectus previously delivered to
      the International Managers for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act.  The
      Company will furnish to each International Manager, without charge,
      during the period when the International Prospectus is required to be     
      delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, such number of copies of
      the International Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such
      International Manager may reasonably request.  The International
      Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the
      International Managers will be identical to the electronically
      transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR,
      except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

           (e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws.  The Company will
      comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the
      completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this
      Agreement, the U.S. Purchase Agreement and in the Prospectuses.  If at
      any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in
      connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or
      condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the
      opinion of counsel for the International Managers or for the Company, to
      amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectuses
      in order that the Prospectuses will not include any untrue statements of
      a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to
      make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the
      circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if
      it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time
      to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the
      Prospectuses in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or
      the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with
      the Commission, subject to Section 3(b), such amendment or supplement as
      may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the
      Registration Statement or the Prospectuses comply with such requirements,
      and the Company will furnish to the International Managers such number of
      copies of such amendment or supplement as the International Managers may
      reasonably request.

           (f) Blue Sky Qualifications.  The Company will use its best efforts,
      in cooperation with the International Managers, to qualify the Securities
      for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states
      and other jurisdictions (domestic or 





                                     -18-
<PAGE>   23
      foreign) as the Global Coordinator may designate and to maintain such
      qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the
      later of the effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule
      462(b) Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall
      not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to
      qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any
      jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to
      taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is
      not otherwise so subject.  In each jurisdiction in which the Securities
      have been so qualified, the Company will file such statements and reports
      as may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such
      qualification in effect for a period of not less than one year from the
      effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b)
      Registration Statement.

           (g) Rule 158.  The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to
      the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its
      security holders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the
      purposes of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by, the last
      paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

           (h) Use of Proceeds.  The Company will use the net proceeds received
      by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the
      Prospectuses under "Use of Proceeds".

           (i) Listing.  The Company will use its best efforts to effect the
      listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq National Market.

           (j) Restriction on Sale of Securities.  Except as described in the
      Registration Statement, during a period of 120 days from the date of the
      Prospectuses, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of
      the Global Coordinator, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell,
      contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any
      option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to
      purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock or
      any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common
      Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect
      to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other
      agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part,
      directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the
      Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause
      (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such
      other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not
      apply to (A) the sale of the Securities hereunder or under the U.S.
      Purchase Agreement, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company
      upon the exercise of an option or warrant outstanding on the date hereof
      and referred to in the Prospectuses or (C) any shares of Common Stock
      issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing
      employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Prospectuses.





                                     -19-
<PAGE>   24
           (k) Reporting Requirements.  The Company, during the period when the
      Prospectuses are required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934
      Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission
      pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act
      and the 1934 Act Regulations. 


      SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.  (a) Expenses.  The Company will pay or 
cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations
under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the
Registration Statement  (including financial statements and exhibits) as
originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing
and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among
Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the
offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the
preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to
the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or
other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to
the Underwriters and the transfer of the Securities between the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers, (iv) the fees and disbursements of
the Company's counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of
the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of 
Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in
connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement
thereto, in an amount not to exceed $5,000, (vi) the printing and delivery to
the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, any Term Sheets and
of the Prospectuses and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the
preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue
Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of any
transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident
to the review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the
"NASD") of the terms of the sale of the Securities and (x) the fees and
expenses incurred in connection with the inclusion of the Securities in the
Nasdaq National Market.

      (b) Expenses of the Selling Shareholders.  The Selling Shareholders will
pay all expenses incident to the performance of their respective obligations
under, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
including (i) any stamp duties, capital duties and stock transfer taxes, if
any, payable upon the sale of the Securities to the U.S. Underwriters and (ii)
the fees and disbursements of their respective counsel and accountants.

      (c) Termination of Agreement.  If this Agreement is terminated by the Lead
Managers in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or
Section 11 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the International Managers for
all of their out-of-pocket expenses to third parties, including the reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel for the International Managers.

      SECTION 5. Conditions of International Managers' Obligations.  The
obligations of the several International Managers hereunder are subject to the
accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling
Shareholders contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of
the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or on behalf of any Selling
Shareholder delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by
the 



                                     -20-
<PAGE>   25
Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the
following further conditions:

           (a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement.  The Registration
      Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become
      effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness
      of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act
      or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission, and
      any request on the part of the Commission for additional information
      shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel
      to the International Managers.  A prospectus containing the Rule 430A
      Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with
      Rule 424(b) (or a post-effective amendment providing such information
      shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the
      requirements of Rule 430A) or, if the Company has elected to rely upon
      Rule 434, a Term Sheet shall have been filed with the Commission in
      accordance with Rule 424(b).

           (b) Opinion of Counsel for Company.  At Closing Time, the Lead
      Managers shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing
      Time, of Tenzer Greenblatt LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and
      substance satisfactory to counsel for the International Managers,
      together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the
      other International Managers to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto
      and to such further effect as counsel to the International Managers may
      reasonably request.

           (c) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Shareholders.  At Closing
      Time, the Lead Managers shall have received the favorable opinion, dated
      as of Closing Time, of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan, as counsel to Joseph
      Forer, and Klehr, Harrison, Harvey, Branzburg & Ellers, as counsel to
      Robert Picow, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the
      International Managers, together with signed or reproduced copies of such
      letter for each of the other International Managers to the effect set
      forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the
      International Managers may reasonably request.

           (d) Opinion of Counsel for International Managers.  At Closing Time,
      the Lead Managers shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of
      Closing Time, of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for the International
      Managers, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for
      each of the other International Managers with respect to the matters set
      forth in clauses (i) (solely as to existence and good standing), (ii),
      (v), (vi) (solely as to preemptive or other similar rights arising by
      operation of law or under the charter or by-laws of the Company), (viii)
      through (x), inclusive, (xii), (xiv) (solely as to the information in the
      Prospectus under "Description of Capital Stock--Common Stock") and the
      penultimate paragraph of Exhibit A hereto.  In giving such opinion such
      counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions
      other than the law of the State of New York, the federal law of the
      United States and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
      upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Lead Managers.  Such
      counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves 





                                     -21-
<PAGE>   26
      factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon   
      certificates of officers of the Company and its subsidiaries,
      certificates on behalf of the Selling Shareholders and certificates of
      public officials.

           (e) Officers' Certificate.  At Closing Time, there shall not have
      been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which
      information is given in the Prospectuses, any material adverse change in
      the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business
      affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries
      considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary
      course of business, and the Lead Managers shall have received a
      certificate of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of
      the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated as
      of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material
      adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 1(a)
      hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though
      expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied
      with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be
      performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing Time, and (iv) no stop
      order suspending  the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has
      been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
      are pending or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, are contemplated
      by the Commission.

           (f) Certificate of Selling Shareholders.  At Closing Time, the
      International Managers shall have received a certificate of an
      Attorney-in-Fact on behalf of each Selling Shareholder, dated as of
      Closing Time, to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties
      of each Selling Shareholder contained in Section 1(b) hereof are true and
      correct in all respects with the same force and effect as though
      expressly made at and as of Closing Time and (ii) each Selling
      Shareholder has complied in all material respects with all agreements and
      all conditions on its part to be performed under this Agreement at or
      prior to Closing Time.

           (g) Accountant's Comfort Letter.  At the time of the execution of
      this Agreement, the Lead Managers shall have received from Ernst & Young
      LLP a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the
      Lead Managers, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter
      for each of the other International Managers containing statements and
      information of the type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort
      letters" to Underwriters with respect to the financial statements and
      certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and
      the Prospectuses.

           (h) Bring-down Comfort Letter.  At Closing Time, the Lead Managers
      shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter, dated as of Closing
      Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter
      furnished pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section, except that the
      specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business
      days prior to Closing Time.






                                     -22-
<PAGE>   27
           (i) Approval of Listing.  At Closing Time, the Securities shall have
      been approved for inclusion in the Nasdaq National Market, subject only
      to official notice of issuance.

           (j) No Objection.  The NASD has confirmed that it has not raised any
      objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the 
      underwriting terms and arrangements.

           (k) Lock-up Agreements.  At the date of this Agreement, the Lead
      Managers shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of
      Exhibit C hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule D hereto.

           (l) Purchase of Initial U.S. Securities.  Contemporaneously with the
      purchase by the International Managers of the Initial International
      Securities under this Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters shall have
      purchased the Initial U.S. Securities under the U.S. Purchase Agreement.

           (m) Conditions to Purchase of International Option Securities.  In
      the event that the International Managers exercise their option provided
      in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the
      International Option Securities, the representations and warranties of
      the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates
      furnished by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company hereunder shall
      be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date
      of Delivery, the Lead Managers shall have received:

            (i) Officers' Certificate.  A certificate, dated such Date of
            Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and
            of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company
            confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time
            pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such
            Date of Delivery.

            (ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company.  The favorable opinion of
            Tenzer Greenblatt LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and
            substance satisfactory to counsel for the International Managers,
            dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the International Option
            Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise
            to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.
      
            (iii) Opinion of Counsel for International Managers.  The favorable
            opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for the International
            Managers, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the
            International Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of
            Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required
            by Section 5(d) hereof.





                                     -23-

<PAGE>   28
            (iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter.  A letter from Ernst & Young LLP,
            in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Managers and dated
            such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance
            as the letter furnished to the Lead Managers pursuant to Section
            5(g) hereof, except that the "specified date" in the letter
            furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than
            five days prior to such Date of Delivery.

            (n) Additional Documents.  At Closing Time and at each Date of
      Delivery counsel for the International Managers shall have been furnished
      with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the
      purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the
      Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy
      of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of
      the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the
      Company and the Selling  Shareholders in connection with the issuance and
      sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably
      satisfactory in form and substance to the Lead Managers and counsel for
      the International Managers.

            (o) Termination of Agreement.  If any condition specified in this
      Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be
      fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the
      purchase of International Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which
      is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several International
      Managers to purchase the relevant Option Securities may be terminated by
      the Lead Managers by notice to the Company and the Selling Shareholders
      at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the
      case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any
      party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that
      Sections 6, 7 and 8 shall survive any such termination and remain in full
      force and effect.

            SECTION 6. Indemnification.

      (a)   Indemnification of International Managers.  The Company and the
Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, agree to indemnify and hold
harmless each International Manager and each person, if any, who controls any
International Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the extent and in the manner set forth in clauses
(i), (ii) and (iii) below.

            (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
      whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged
      untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration
      Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information
      and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or the omission or alleged
      omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or
      necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of
      any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
      included in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any
      amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged 




                                     -24-

<PAGE>   29
      omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the
      statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
      were made, not misleading; provided, that, with respect to each Selling
      Shareholder, such indemnity shall be solely with respect to untrue
      statements or omissions,  or alleged untrue statements or omissions, in
      reliance upon or in conformity with written information furnished to the
      Company by such Selling Shareholder in connection with the Registration
      Statement (or any amendment thereto), such preliminary prospectus or the
      Prospectuses (or any amendment thereto);

           (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
      whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in
      settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
      governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim
      whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such
      alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that, with respect to each
      Selling Shareholder, such indemnity shall be limited to the statements or
      ommissions set forth in the proviso to Section 6(a)(i); and provided
      further that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is
      effected with the written consent of the Company and the Selling
      Shareholders; and

           (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including
      the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Merrill Lynch), 
      reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any
      litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency
      or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any
      such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement
      or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or
      (ii) above; provided that, with respect to each Selling Shareholder, such
      indemnity shall be limited to the statements or ommissions set forth in
      the proviso to Section 6(a)(i); 

      provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any
      loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of
      any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
      omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
      furnished to the Company by any International Manager through the Lead
      Managers expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any
      amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434
      Information, if applicable, or any preliminary prospectus or the
      International Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); 
      provided, further, however, that as to any preliminary prospectus, any
      preliminary prospectus supplement, the Prospectus or any amendment or
      supplement thereto, this indemnity agreement shall not inure to the
      benefit of any International Manager on account of  any loss,  liability,
      claim, damage or expense arising from the fact that such International
      Manager sold Securities to a person as to whom it shall be established
      that there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation
      of such sale, a copy of the International Prospectus or of the
      International Prospectus as then amended or supplemented in any case
      where such delivery is required by the 1933 Act if the Company has
      previously furnished copies thereof in sufficient quantity to such
      International Manager and the loss, claim, damage or liability of such
      International 






                                     -25-
<PAGE>   30
      Manager results from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact
      contained in such preliminary prospectus, preliminary prospectus
      supplement, International Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto,
      which was corrected in the International Prospectus or in the
      International Prospectus as then amended or supplemented.

     (b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and Selling
Shareholders.  Each International Manager severally agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the
Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act,
and each Selling Shareholder against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage
and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this
Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions,
or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement
(or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule
434 Information, if applicable, or any preliminary international prospectus or
the International Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by such International Manager through the Lead Managers expressly for
use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such
preliminary prospectus or the International Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto).

     (c) Actions against Parties; Notification.  Each indemnified party shall  
give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of 
any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought
hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve
such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not
materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it 
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this
indemnity agreement.  In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section
6(a) above, counsel to the idemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill 
Lynch, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above,
counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company or the
relevant Selling Shareholder.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own
expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to
the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified
party) also be counsel to the indemnified party.  In no event shall the
indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel
(in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all
indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar
or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general
allegations or circumstances.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior
written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to
the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation
or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or
any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could
be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the
indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such
settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each
indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation,
investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does 





                                     -26-
<PAGE>   31
not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a 
failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

     (d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse.  If at any time an
indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the
indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by
Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is
entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the
aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of
the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being
entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such
indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such
settlement.

     (e) Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification.  The provisions of
this Section shall not affect any agreement among the Company and the Selling
Shareholders with respect to indemnification.

     SECTION 7. Contribution.  If  the indemnification provided for in Section
6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient (other than by its
terms) to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses,
liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each
indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses,
liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party,
as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand
and the International Managers on the other hand from the offering of the
Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by
clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i)
above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholders
on the one hand and of the International Managers on the other hand in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,
liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations.

     The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders
on the one hand and the International Managers on the other hand in connection
with the offering of the International Securities pursuant to this Agreement
shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net
proceeds from the offering of the International Securities pursuant to this
Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling
Shareholders and the total underwriting discount received by the International
Managers, in each case as set forth on the cover of the International
Prospectus, or, if Rule 434 is used, the corresponding location on the Term
Sheet, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the International
Securities as set forth on such cover.

     The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one
hand and the International Managers on the other hand shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue 
statement of a material fact or omission or alleged 






                                     -27-
<PAGE>   32
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company or the Selling Shareholders or by the International Managers and the
parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent such statement or omission.

     The Company, the Selling Shareholders and the International Managers agree
that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the International
Managers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of
allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred
to above in this Section 7.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities,
claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to
above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or
defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever
based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no International Manager
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the International Securities underwritten by it and
distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any
damages which such International Managers has otherwise been required to pay by
reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission.

     No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an
International Managers within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such
International Manager, and each director of the Company, each officer of the
Company who signed the  Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the
Company.  The International Managers' respective obligations to contribute
pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial
International Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule
A hereto and not joint.

     The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement among the
Company and the Selling Shareholders with respect to contribution.

     SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.
All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or
in certificates of officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the
Selling Shareholders submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in
full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made 




                                     -28-
<PAGE>   33
by or on behalf of any International Manager or controlling person, or by
or on behalf of the Company, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to
the International Managers.

     SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.

     (a) Termination; General.  The Lead Managers may terminate this Agreement,
by notice to the Company and the Selling Shareholders, at any time at or prior
to Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this
Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
International Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition,
financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has
occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United
States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or
escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development
involving a prospective change in national or international political,
financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as
to make it, in the judgment of the Lead Managers, impracticable to market the
Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if
trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially
limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq National Market, or if trading
generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange or in
the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum
or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices
have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of
the Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any
other governmental authority, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared
by either Federal or New York authorities.

     (b) Liabilities.   If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this
Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other
party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that
Sections 6, 7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and
effect.

     SECTION 10.  Default by One or More of the International Managers.  If one
or more of the International Managers shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of
Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase
under this Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the Lead Managers shall have
the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of
the non-defaulting International Managers, or any other Underwriters, to
purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such
amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however,
the Lead Managers shall not have completed such arrangements within such
24-hour period, then:

     (a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the
number of International Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the
non-defaulting International Managers shall be obligated, severally and not
jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the 







                                     -29-
<PAGE>   34
proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to
the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting International Managers, or

     (b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of 
International Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with
respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the
obligation of the International Managers to purchase and of the Company to
sell the International Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date
of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting
International Manager.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting
International Manager from liability in respect of its default.

     In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of
this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing
Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the
International Managers to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant
International Option Securities, as the case may be, either (i) the Lead
Managers or  (ii) the Company and any Selling Shareholder shall have the right
to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be,
for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes
in the Registration Statement or the Prospectuses or in any other documents or
arrangements.  As used herein, the term "International Manager" includes any
person substituted for an International Manager under this Section 10.


     SECTION 11. Default by One or More of the Selling Shareholders or the
Company. (a) If a Selling Shareholder shall fail at Closing Time to sell and
deliver the number of International Securities which such Selling Shareholder 
is obligated to sell hereunder, then the International Managers may, at the 
option of the Lead Managers, by notice from the Lead Managers to the Company 
and the non-defaulting Selling Shareholder, either (a) terminate this Agreement
without any liability on the part of any non-defaulting party except that the 
provisions of Sections 4, 6, 7 and 8 shall remain in full force and effect or 
(b) elect to purchase the International Securities which the non-defaulting 
Selling Shareholder and the Company have agreed to sell hereunder.  No action 
taken pursuant to this Section 11 shall relieve any Selling Shareholder so 
defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such default.

     In the event of a default by any Selling Shareholder as referred to in
this Section 11, each of (i) the International Managers, and (ii) the Company
and the non-defaulting Selling Shareholder shall have the right to postpone
Closing Time for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any
required change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectuses or in any
other documents or arrangements.

     (b) If the Company shall fail at Closing Time or at the Date of Delivery
to sell the number of International Securities that it is obligated to sell
hereunder, then this Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the
part of any nondefaulting party; provided, however, that the 





                                     -30-
<PAGE>   35
provisions of Sections 4, 6, 7 and 8 shall remain in full force and effect.  No
action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company from liability,
if any, in respect of such default.

     SECTION 12.   Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if hand
delivered, mailed, delivered by a nationally recognized next-day air courier or
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  All such notices and
communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand,
if personally delivered; one business day after being timely delivered to a
next-day air courier; five business days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient's
telecopier machine, if telecopied.  Notices to the International Managers shall
be directed to the Lead Managers at North Tower, World Financial Center, New
York, New York 10281-1201, attention of Mike O'Grady;  notices to the Company
shall be directed to it at 6402 Corporate Drive, Indianapolis, Indiana 46728,
attention of Steven E. Fivel; notices to the Selling Shareholders shall be
directed to Robert Picow, 2 Cartagena Drive, Boca Raton, Florida 33428 and
Joseph Forer, 12370 S.W. 64th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33156, with a copy to the
Company to such person or persons designated in accordance with this Section
12.

     SECTION 13.  Parties.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the International Managers, the Company and the Selling
Shareholders and their respective successors.  Nothing expressed or mentioned
in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or
corporation, other than the International Managers, the Company and the Selling
Shareholders and their respective successors and the controlling persons and
officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and
legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or
in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  This Agreement
and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and 
exclusive benefit of the International Managers, the Company and the Selling
Shareholders and their respective successors, and said controlling persons
and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for
the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.  No party hereto may
assign its rights or obligations, under this Agreement to any other person
without, in the case of the Company, the prior written approval of the
International Managers, in the case of the Selling Shareholders, the prior
written approval of the Company and the International Managers and, in the case
of the International Managers, except as set forth in Section 10, the prior
written approval of the Company.  No purchaser of Securities from any
International Manager shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of
such purchase.

     SECTION 14.  GOVERNING LAW AND TIME.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

     SECTION 15.  Effect of Headings.  The Article and Section headings herein
and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.




                                     -31-
<PAGE>   36
     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to the Company and the Attorney-in-Fact for
the Selling Shareholders a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along
with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement between the
International Managers and the Company and the Selling Shareholders in
accordance with its terms.

                                           Very truly yours,

                                           BRIGHTPOINT, INC.



                                           By: ______________________________
                                             Title:


                                           By: ______________________________
                                           As Attorney in Fact acting on behalf
                                           of the Selling Shareholders named in
                                           Schedule B hereto

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
  as of the date first above written:


MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
COWEN INTERNATIONAL L.P.
UBS LIMITED
SANDS BROTHERS & CO., LTD.

By: MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL


By: ______________________________
        Authorized Signatory



For themselves and as Lead Managers of the
other International Managers named in Schedule A hereto.




                                     -32-
<PAGE>   37
                                   SCHEDULE A



                                                        Number of
                                                         Initial
                                                      International
       Name of International Manager                    Securities
       -----------------------------                    ----------

Merrill Lynch International........................
Cowen International L.P............................
UBS Limited........................................
Sands Brothers & Co., Ltd..........................

                                                         ---------           
Total..............................................       800,000
                                                         =========







                                   Sch A - 1



<PAGE>   38
                                   SCHEDULE B

                                                            Number of Initial
                                                          Securities to be Sold
                                                          ---------------------
Brightpoint, Inc. ..................................             360,000



Selling Shareholders
- --------------------

Robert Picow .......................................             400,000

Joseph Forer .......................................              40,000
                                                                 -------

Total ..............................................             800,000
                                                                 =======





                                   Sch B - 1



<PAGE>   39
                                   SCHEDULE C

                               BRIGHTPOINT, INC.

                         800,000 Shares of Common Stock
                           (Par Value $.01 Per Share)







           1. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities,
      determined as provided in said Section 2, shall be $____________.

           2. The purchase price per share for the International Securities to
      be paid by the several International Managers shall be $________________,
      being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth
      above less $_________________ per share; provided that the purchase price
      per share for any International Option Securities purchased upon the
      exercise of the over-allotment option described in Section 2(b) shall be
      reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions
      declared by the Company and payable on the Initial International
      Securities but not payable on the International Option Securities.








                                   Sch C - 1



<PAGE>   40
                                  [SCHEDULE D]

                         [List of persons and entities
                              subject to lock-up]



Robert J. Laikin
J. Mark Howell
T. Scott Housefield
Phillip A. Bounsall
Rollin M. Dick
John W. Adams
Robert F. Wagner
Stephen H. Simon
Steven B. Sands
Dana Marlin



                                   Sch D - 1





<PAGE>   1
                                                                 EXHIBIT 5.1



                       [TENZER GREENBLATT LLP LETTERHEAD]



                                August 6, 1997



Brightpoint, Inc. 
6402 Corporate Drive 
Indianapolis, Indiana 46278


Gentlemen:

                You have requested our opinion with respect to the public 
offering and sale by Brightpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 
of up to 2,400,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Company Shares") and the public offering and sale by certain Selling
Stockholders of up to 2,200,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share (the "Selling Stockholder Shares"), pursuant to a Registration Statement 
(the "Registration  Statement") on Form S-3 (No. 333-29533), under the
Securities Act of 1933, as  amended (the "Act").


                We have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise
identified to our satisfaction, of such documents and corporate and public
records as we deem necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed.
With respect to such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures appearing on all documents presented to us as originals, and the
conformity to the originals of all documents presented to us as conformed or
reproduced copies. Where factual matters relevant to such opinion were not
independently established, we have relied upon certificates of appropriate
state and local officials, and upon certificates of executive officers and
responsible employees and agents of the Company. 

                Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that the Company
Shares and Selling Stockholder Shares have been duly and validly authorized and 
that the Selling Stockholder Shares are, and the Company Shares, when sold, 
paid for and issued as contemplated by the Registration Statement will be, duly 
and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable. 

                We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as Exhibit 5 to
the Registration Statement, and to the use of our name as counsel in connection
with the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus forming a part thereof.
In giving this consent, we do 
<PAGE>   2
Brightpoint, Inc. 
August 6, 1997
Page 2



not thereby concede that we come within the categories of persons whose consent
is required by the Act or the General Rules and Regulations promulgated
thereunder. 



                                      Very truly yours, 

                                    TENZER GREENBLATT LLP
                                 
                                  /s/ TENZER GREENBLATT LLP
                                  -------------------------

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                          CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
   
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Registration Statement (Form S-3) and related Prospectus of Brightpoint, Inc.
for the registration of 4,600,000 shares of its common stock and to the
inclusion of and incorporation by reference therein of our report dated January
28, 1997, with respect to the financial statements of Brightpoint, Inc. included
therein and incorporated by reference in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the
year ended December 31, 1996 and the related financial statement schedule
included therein, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Indianapolis, Indiana
   
August 1, 1997
    

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
     We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-3/A of
Brightpoint, Inc. of our report on Allied Communications, Inc. and Affiliates
dated February 23, 1996 on our audits of the financial statements of Allied
Communications, Inc. and Affiliates. We also consent to the reference to our
Firm under the caption "Experts."
 
COOPERS & LYBRAND LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
   
August 1, 1997
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission